Sr. No Name of Topic Page No

1/272
Sr.
No
Name of Topic Page No.
1. Shruti font 2
2. Ms Word 3-25
Folder 3
Gujarati Paragraph 4
English Paragraph 11
Table 14
Mail Merge 20
3. Ms Excel 26-43
HRA 26
Marksheet 31
Chart 32
Subtotal 37
Pivot Table 40
4. Outlook 44-46
5. Ms PowerPoint 47-66
6. Ms Project 67-74
Simple 68
Resource sheet 73
7. Que. For 5 Marks 75-84
Folder/Screen saver 75
Desktop/ System Date 77
Shortcut 78
Rename/JPG & BMP 79
IP Address/ Capacity 80
Paint 82
TBILconvertor 84
8. Sample Papers 85-95
9. Sample Question. 96-219
10. Internet Theory 220-239
11. Fundamental Theory 240-272
2/272
SHRUTI
START RUN WINWORD OK
CAPS LOCK :- OFF (5 C|5 5l \ |Hl 5 C|5 5l \ |Hl 5 C|5 5l \ |Hl 5 C|5 5l \ |Hl } } } }
-| ~$ (5l =|- } 5 lC 5 lC 5 lC 5 lC-| | | l 5l (SHIFT KEY) | |l
-~6\| ~H ~6\| ~H ~6\| ~H ~6\| ~H CH| -| |UO=| a = CH| = CH| = CH| = CH|. (|.. -| $ kh | }

- ka - ya
~
aH
kha ra

aM
- ga la
~
O
+ gha va

A
cha sa
+
Ra / Ru / Ri
chha

Sha
3
OM
~ ja sha
. jha c ha
5
ka
. Ta ~ La
5|
kaa
Tha . xa
|5
ki
. Da ~ Gya / jNja
5l
kee
: Dha

ku
Na
~
a

koo
- ta
~
aa
5
ke
tha

i
5
kai / kei
- da

ee
5|
ko
- dha
u
u
5|
kau / kou
- na

oo
5
ka^
pa
~
e
5
kaH
- fa

ai / ei
5
kaM
ba
~
o
5|
kO
- bha
~
au / ou
5
kA
ma

a^

kRa / kRu / kRi

kra
3/272
MSWORD

$|6 =|| -| $|6 =|| -| $|6 =|| -| $|6 =|| -|
6 5| | 5|C5 5l NEW FOLDER || =|- CHl ~
~ .

WORD OPEN 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
START RUN WINWORD OK
TITLEBAR STANDARD TOOLBAR
FORMATING TOOLBAR MENUBAR

RULER LINE

STASKBAR
STATUS BAR DROWING TOOLBAR HORIZONTAL SCROLL BAR

VERTIC SCROLL BAR

4/272
+ ++ + Type the following paragraph in MS Word
~5|C \| C|5| Computer $ ~5l U . 5| 5| || || 5|- O ~=
6l 5| U U .| Computer l ~O | Ol~ ......
5|
1. ~5 C |l=5 6l| U .
2. =l ~ 5| 5 U .
2. 5| |-| -|O 5| | 7Ol 6l 5| 5l 5 U .
Note:
Set left and right margin as 1.3 inches each
Give Header as COMPUTER and display Page Number in the Footer.
Give Page border to the document
Save this file by the name Computer in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

-|l= 5| -| -|l= 5| -| -|l= 5| -| -|l= 5| -|
FILE- -| PAGE SETUP MARGIN -| | 5 . ~ |H =l` || -O .
OK

TOP BOTTOM

LEFT RIGHT

HEADER AND FOOTER -| -| -| -|
VIEW - HEADER AND FOOTERHEADER -| -|| CH -| C||
-| + DOWN KEY ~l. -|| CH
1.5
2.0
1.5
2.0
5/272

HEADER AND FOOTER =|- |H \ 5l .

PAGE BORDER ~| -| ~| -| ~| -| ~| -|
FORMAT - BORDER AND SHADING PAGE BORDER 5|O
|6 lC 5 5l OK.(~ |H =l` | -O .}

FILE SAVE 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
FILE - SAVE DESKSTOP || $|6 lC 5 5l OPEN FILENAME=| H|=|-|
-|| =|- CHl SAVE

6/272

+ ++ + Type the content given below in an MS Word document and follow the instructions given
at the end
|6| | =O| =|=| 7| .~$ .
~- . |6| = 6l |-| -O U
= - ==l - |H|-| 0|l=
|0Ol 5| .l O ~l =|=l
7. ll | l|C
C5|l 5| | ~C .l .6l .-O|
C|| . |C$|= |= -||C
Cl U .-||C-| O ~=| 0|
~= -|| -|6C=l H|-Ol~
56| -|6C -O| C|| U .

Type the paragraph using 2 columns show above and use Drop Cap.
Alignment of the paragraph should be Justify
Line spacing should be at least 1.5
Page orientation should be portrait
Give simple page border
Give Header as |6| and Footer as |C$|=
Use font of size 11
|$= 0|7 ~| -| |$= 0|7 ~| -| |$= 0|7 ~| -| |$= 0|7 ~| -|
PARAGRAPH lC 5| Ol|- lC 5 =| FORMAT - COLUMNS TWO
~| THREE ( 0|7 |6| -| TWO ~= O 0|7 |6| -| THREE) -|| lC 5l
LINE BETWEEN
OK
7/272

- ~H -|| 5| -| - ~H -|| 5| -| - ~H -|| 5| -| - ~H -|| 5| -|
PARAGRPH=| C| ~H lC 5| FORMAT - DROP CAP DROPPED OK

LINE SPACING 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| ( Cll ` Cll ` Cll ` Cll ` \| | U|6| -| \| | U|6| -| \| | U|6| -| \| | U|6| -| } }} }
CH|O lC 5 $|- 7 C|-| C|= 7 =|-=| |H=| l u -| |
C|= 7 u |C5 5

8/272
at the end save file with name gujarati.doc
|| || || || : :: : l = l = l = l =, 5| ~~-~ 5| ~~-~ 5| ~~-~ 5| ~~-~
~ | -||C=|
-|=| .l5l `|C|
lHl 7 U
O||=l -
5|7O-| CHl= ~
5| =| l|6|
- C 5 ~-~-~l
-|5Cl | U .
- C-| | 6l
-Ol U . 5|
~~-~ |
6l .-| O |
5-| CH| .
0||-| CH| | |
You=| C -| u
CH|, For=| C 4 CHl
=|H| ~C || l l
0|| | |l |
| -| U CH| chhe
| 5|=| C 6e
| 5l =H| ~=
|- =l | O -
Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above

Give Header as ~~-~ ~~-~ ~~-~ ~~-~ and Footer as l l l l
Use font of size 10
+ ++ + Do the following exercise in MS-Word
0|l |6C|-=| |= ~| 6| . |-| l=~l | =|Cl
C| l-| |7| 5| | ~= -O UlC|=| |\=l C= 6|=||=|
7=| ~| \l=l |H|~-| |H| U .
Commands
Use font size 16, and font color Blue.
Set left margin as 2.0 and right margin as 1.0
Give page background of Yellow color.
Save the document with name Nobel Prize
|-| =O| $| C|5, l|l5 - \|-l5 O| ~ C| U . \|-l5 O|-| |O |-=|
-| -l - |5|-| ~ C ||5|\l - l| ll| U . u| 7| \l=l7-|
~ C |-l=||O - l, |Cl|O|-| ~ C = |, ~-||-| 5|= - l 7 C|Ol~
-| ~5 ~5O 5 U
Note:
Set top and bottom margin as 2.0 inches
Set inter line spacing as 1.5
Save the file by the name GUJARAT in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

9/272
9/272
at the end save file with name gujarati.doc
| | | | =l =l =l =l C|| C|| C|| C|| |7| |7| |7| |7| C| C| C| C| U UU U , , , , -|O -|O -|O -|O =l =l =l =l C|| C|| C|| C|| H|Cl H|Cl H|Cl H|Cl -=| -=| -=| -=| ~|07- ~|07- ~|07- ~|07- C| C| C| C| U U U U ...

|6|5 |6|5 |6|5 |6|5 | | | | u`||l u`||l u`||l u`||l ~|==l ~|==l ~|==l ~|==l
|Hl~ |Hl~ |Hl~ |Hl~ C= C= C= C= | | | | U UU U .... ~= ~= ~= ~=
|6|5 |6|5 |6|5 |6|5 | | | | u`||l u`||l u`||l u`||l
=-| =-| =-| =-| ~|==| ~|==| ~|==| ~|==| |H|5| |H|5| |H|5| |H|5| | | | | U UU U .
5|| 5|| 5|| 5|| lHO lHO lHO lHO - -- - ~Cl ~Cl ~Cl ~Cl |l |l |l |l
l l l l |C |C |C |C 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5||=| 5||=| 5||=| 5||=|
~| ~| ~| ~| | | | | | | | | Ul Ul Ul Ul - -- - -|l -|l -|l -|l
5|C 5|C 5|C 5|C || || || || -|6| -|6| -|6| -|6| ~= ~= ~= ~= -|l -|l -|l -|l
=Ol =Ol =Ol =Ol = = = = $l $l $l $l |Ul |Ul |Ul |Ul -Ol -Ol -Ol -Ol .
|== |== |== |== || || || || 5| 5| 5| 5| ~| ~| ~| ~| 7- 7- 7- 7-
C| C| C| C| | | | | 5| 5| 5| 5| ..... ~H ~H ~H ~H | | | |
~ ~~ ~ -| -| -| -| - |= |= |= |= ~ ~ ~ ~ !!!
C C C C 5 5 5 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ U UU U ...
|` |` |` |` -O -O -O -O ==l ==l ==l ==l |l |l |l |l u|6l u|6l u|6l u|6l 5 5 5 5
- - - - ~5l ~5l ~5l ~5l | | | | Hll Hll Hll Hll =| =| =| =| 5 5 5 5 ;
~= ~= ~= ~= Hll Hll Hll Hll 5 5 5 5 U UU U 6 6 6 6 = = = =
|6l |6l |6l |6l =| =| =| =| 5 5 5 5 . 5C|5 5C|5 5C|5 5C|5 C|5| C|5| C|5| C|5|
|C |C |C |C || || || || l|O l|O l|O l|O | | | | U UU U ..
-| -| -| -| ~5 ~5 ~5 ~5 `5 `5 `5 `5 ||=l ||=l ||=l ||=l
=| =| =| =| lU|l lU|l lU|l lU|l 5 5 5 5 !!! | | | | =l =l =l =l
C|| C|| C|| C|| | | | | 7| 7| 7| 7| C| C| C| C| U UU U ,
-|O -|O -|O -|O =l =l =l =l C|| C|| C|| C|| H|Cl H|Cl H|Cl H|Cl -=| -=| -=| -=|
~|07- ~|07- ~|07- ~|07- C| C| C| C| U UU U

Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above
Give Header as ~|07- ~|07- ~|07- ~|07- and Footer as |7| |7| |7| |7|
Use font of size 10

+ ++ + Type the following in MS Word

| 5|=| 7 -1 ~=
7-2-| ~| ~l\5|ll=|
-|= -| CCC+ T|= -
=l lH| | 5l l U .
CCC+ =l |Cl- | C l ~$
Cl5 ~6-l=l = (SPIPA) || ABC
Computer Training Pvt. Ltd. =| |7
6 ~|-| ~ U .
Note:

Display header as SPIPA and footer as TRAINING
Save the file by the name COMPUTER in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

10/272

. l 5` 5| -| l 5` 5| -| l 5` 5| -| l 5` 5| -|
INSERTPICTURE CLIP ART (c7C|) |C5 5 GO -|| l5` lC 5
5 ~C l5` ~l . |Ul l5` 6C |C5 5|l Format
Picture =|- 6|C|7 |H ~ . .. .

Layout u |C5 5 Square u |C5 5 OK
|`=l ~| 7|O 5| ~ . ~l ~O |`= H 6l 5l~ Ul~ ~= |`=
=| --| 5l 5l~ Ul~ .
|` = | | 5l .

+ Type the following paragraph using MS Word and save the file by the name summer in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer.
5|C |6|
||l
|| -Ol
U 5 ~-|| -
|=| -|=7|-|
7-l =| 5| || -Ol
| U , ~= |C-| -
+~ | || -Ol l
U , | | | | |= 7-l 7-l 7-l 7-l
6 ~= | 6 6l=| | 6 6l=| | 6 6l=| | 6 6l=| ~ |
| || -O U . ~
~5 5|O O | 5 ?
| | | ~ -|=|
5| u5 C H| ? 5 l
~O 5 += =|
l -l-| -|Ol
5l~
Note

Set Header as SUMMER and display Page Number in the footer

~
11/272

+ ++ + Type the following in MS Word

22 22 22 22- -- -2 22 2- -- -2007 2007 2007 2007 =| | 0|
l C 5| |- ~5-
H| - = 5l
67 =l |l |5 6 5 2007 -| l
| $5| 7 . ~ C| | C| | C| | C| | C| l
=Ol l- |- O |l 7 Cl 0|=l
|5 l- l- |6| l- |6| l- |6| l- |6|=|
=|-l ~OH|| | U ?
| 5| =l l- |- -||
5| 5 ~= = 5| =| ~\| 6
5l5 U ?

Note:

Create a in Ms-Word for giving page border to the document.
Save the file by the name GAME in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
+ ++ + Type the following in MS Word:

~O CCC+ 5|-| -||| l6| l l|, -||| l6| u| ~ ~ 7
l- O ~ C C U , - 5 , Cl=, =l , 6| 7 , l6| ~ -l|5l7 GUI ~ 7
l- U .
i) India
Gujarat
i) Ahmedabad
Maharashtra
i) Mumbai
ii) America
New York
Chicago
Note:
1. Use Bullets and Numbering option.
2. Save this File name with |l -| |l -| |l -| |l -| in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer


Sir as per your requirement we have
enclosed herewith details of the proposed
course along with the commercial offer for
the same. Training can be conducted on
part time or full time basis, the same can be
arranged on a weekend.
Sir we would also like to
bring to your notice that
we are currently training over 500
participants on MS Office 200
Note:
Font of the text should be Arial and font size should be 10
Give Header as COMPUTER and display Page Number in the Footer.
Save the file by the name CCC+ in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
|.
12/272


The course contains
content from Liqvid in
association with BBC
Learning and takes into
account the Indian style of
talking, accent, proficiency
levels and
learning
patters
enabling you to
communicate in a wide
variety of
situations.

Note:
Set header of the document as TRAINING and it should be centre aligned.
Save the file by the name BBC in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

WORDART 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
INSERT PICTURE WORDART

STEP 1 STEP 2

STEP 3 STEP 4

13/272


Opinion

Every generation imagines itself to be more
intelligent than the one that went before it,
and wiser than the one that comes after it.
Learn to write your sorrows on sand, where
winds of joy can erase it; and carve your
happiness on stone where even rain cannot
erase it.
The best gift you can give is a hug: one size
fits all and no one ever minds if you return
it!
Nobody can go back and start a new
beginning, but anyone can start today and
make a new ending
Success is the ability to go from one failure
to another with no loss of enthusias

Commands:
Type the above Thoughts with proper formatting as it appears.
Set header as Suvichar and footer as SPIPA
Set the Top margin as 1.5 and Bottom as 1.0.
Save the document with name Judgment

+ Prepare a MS Word document. Save the file by name Ramayan in your folder created on the
desktop of your computer.
Ramayan
+ Dasharath
Kaushalya
- Ram
- Sita
o Luv
o Kush
Sumitra
- Laxman
- Urmila
- Shatrughna
- Shrutikirti
kaikai
- Bharat
- Mandavi
Commands
Give effect of Bold and do underline to title font.
Use font size 14, and font color red.
Apply border to document.

14/272

TABLE
TABLE =|| -| =|| -| =|| -| =|| -|
u0l |O= 5|C- 5 | u0l |O= 5|C- 5 | u0l |O= 5|C- 5 | u0l |O= 5|C- 5 | . .. .
~6l |O= | 5 ~6l |O= | 5 ~6l |O= | 5 ~6l |O= | 5 | | | | . .. .
TABLE- INSERT TABLE -| | | ~= 5|C- lC5 5l OK

+ ++ + Prepare the following table in MS Word

|5 -|5 l| |5 -|5 l| |5 -|5 l| |5 -|5 l|
=| =|- =| =|- =| =|- =| =|- |. 20 |. 21 C
l| l| l| l|
15000 25000
~ ~ ~ ~. .. .l l l l. .. .~ ~ ~ ~. .. .l l l l. .. .~ ~ ~ ~. .. . 12S00 10000

lC| 5 lC lC| 5 lC lC| 5 lC lC| 5 lC 4S200 48000

~C ~C ~C ~C. . . . ~6 l ~6 l ~6 l ~6 l. 28000 22000

Notes:
1. Page orientation should be Landscape and Top and Bottom margin should be 1.5 inches
each
2. Set Header as BSE Stock Index
3. Assign Page Number at Footer of the page
4. Calculate Total in C C C C column using formula.
5. Save this File as |5 -|5 |5 -|5 |5 -|5 |5 -|5 in the folder created on the desktop of your computer.
TABLE -| - | = |l 5| -| -| - | = |l 5| -| -| - | = |l 5| -| -| - | = |l 5| -|
- |=| \| C lC 5 5l TABLE - -|l MERGE CELLS ~ .
TABLE |C 5| -| |C 5| -| |C 5| -| |C 5| -|
(| |C 5| U | 5 |H }
TABLE--| FORMULA =SUM(LEFT) OK. 5l-|6 ul ( (( (+ ++ +} } } } DOWN KEY ~l
5l-|6 ul F4 5l |l.( .( .( .( =\ =\ =\ =\. . . . - - - - DOWN KEY |l Ul |l Ul |l Ul |l Ul F4 5l |l 5l |l 5l |l 5l |l.} .} .} .}

15/272

Marksheet
No Subjects Rakesh Shraddha Purnima Ishit
1 Hindi 89 56 48 75
2 Gujarati 56 85 62 65
3 Sanskrit 80 68 75 48
4 English 82 74 65 85
5 Maths 74 67 28 68
Total
Notes:-
Set left margin as 1.5 and right as 1.0
Set header as Result and show page number in footer, center aligned.
Find total using Formula.
Format the table using Auto Format.
+ ++ + Prepare the following table in MS Word.

ll =|- ll =|- ll =|- ll =|- |5- |5- |5- |5- C C C C
l l l l. . . . l l l l. . . . ~C ~C ~C ~C. .. . 3OO 3OO 3OO 3OO 9O 9O 9O 9O

l|6|5|= l|6|5|= l|6|5|= l|6|5|= cOO cOO cOO cOO 2O 2O 2O 2O

-7 -7 -7 -7 OOO OOO OOO OOO 9cO 9cO 9cO 9cO

~=l6| ~=l6| ~=l6| ~=l6| OO OO OO OO 2OO 2OO 2OO 2OO

Commands:
Calculate Total in C column using formula.
Page orientation should be Landscape.
Save the document with name |Cl=

SCORECARD OF ENGLAND SERIES
No. Name Match 1 Match 2 Match 3 Match 4 Total
1 Sachin 23 55 76 56
2 Rahul 34 48 44 78
3 Laxman 67 54 22 76
4 Dhoni 89 68 34 43
5 Sourav 121 98 11 33
Notes:
Set page orientation as landscape and Top and Bottom Margin as 1.5 inches.
Format the table using Table AutoFormat
Find Total using formula from the table menu
Give Header as CRICKET
Save this file by the name CRICKET in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
TABLE-| - | = C 5 5| -| -| - | = C 5 5| -| -| - | = C 5 5| -| -| - | = C 5 5| -|
TABLE- TABLE AUTOFORMAT TABLEPROFESSIONAL APPLY

16/272


No. Name English Gujarati Math Total
1 H.K.Patel 50 58 44
2 S.M.Patel 85 67 23
3 J.G.Vergees 76 88 65
4 S.N.Jani 25 63 43

Notes:
Find Total using formula from the table menu
Give Header as CCC EXAM and assign Page Number in the footer
Set page orientation as landscape and Left and Right Margin as 1.2 inches.
Save this file by the name score sheet in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

+ ++ + Prepare the following table in Ms word

INVIGILATORS REPORT FOR CCC EXAM
QUESTION 1 QUESTION 2
NO. NAME [A] [B] [A] [B] [C]
1 ASHISH 5 3 10 5 8
2 HEMANG 5 5 7 7 7
3 DHAVAL 4 5 4 9 10

Notes:
Give Header as CCC EXAM
Set page orientation as landscape and Left and Right Margin as 0.5 inches.
Give Page border to the above document
Save this file by the name table in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

Type the following in MS Word and save the file by the name table.doc in your folder created on the

SALES SHEET FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH 2007
Sr. No. Sales Person Product Price Quantity Amount
1 A Mobile 10000 10 100000
2 B Camera 1250 20 25000
3 C Calculator 150 30 4500
Total Sales 129500

Note
Set Page Orientation as Landscape. Top and Bottom margin of the page should be 1.5
each.
Display Header = SALES SHEET and Footer = Page No, both should be centre aligned.

TABLE- TABLE AUTOFORMAT| |6| | | TABLE ELEGANT APPLY

17/272

+ Make the following table in Ms word with required formatting and border effects using Table Auto-
Format.

PRODUCT AMOUNT SALESMAN REGION
TV 100000 Ajay North
CD Player 200000 Jay North
DVD Player 300000 Sameer West
TV 150000 Sameer North
DVD Player 250000 Ajay West
CD Player 100000 Jay West
Note:
Sort data in the table in ascending order based on Amount
Save this file by the name table2 in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
SORT DATA (`c| 5 u|} --| $| -|
~ C lC 5 TABLE SORT

SORT u |C5 5| =l` =l |= || -O

-| Sort by -| Sort 5| -| | l u lC5 5 | | | |. .. . . . . .
AMOUNT Ascending 5 5 5 5 Descending -| | lC 5l OK

18/272

+ Make a table using Ms word as mentioned below

SR NO. REGION BOY CHILD GIRL CHILD TOTAL
1 EAST 945 930 1875
2 WEST 970 928 1898
3 NORTH 923 940 1863
4 SOUTH 910 915 1825

Note:
Find Total using Formula
Set Page Orientation as Landscape Top and bottom margin of the page should be 2.0
each
Give double line border to the table.
Header should be CHILDREN & Footer Should Display the Page Number Save the file
as child.doc in folder on the desktop of your computer.

DOUBLE LINE BORDER 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
~ C lC 5 FORMAT - BORDER AND SHADING =l` |H
~

BORDER ALL l u 6C C|= |6 5|cl OK

19/272

+ Type the following in Ms Word and save the file by the name table.doc in your folder created on
the desktop of your computer.

-| 5| = 2S-2-2006=| | H|
=|- Hl |5 - `|O |5- =$| / H|
l.l
15000 15500 500
|
8000 7990 -10
6l.l.6l. C
2500 2530 30
5|
23000 25500 2500
|C:

Note:
Find all the Totals using formula
Give Header = TABLE and Footer = Page No., both should be centre aligned

SHADING ~| -| ~| -| ~| -| ~| -|

- | lC 5l FORMAT - BORDER AND SHADING =l` |H
~

SHADINS 5C |C5 5 OK

=$| =$| =$| =$|- -- -H| |\| -| H| |\| -| H| |\| -| H| |\| -|
`|O |5 - -| l Hl |5 - | 5l `|O |5 - -| l Hl |5 - | 5l `|O |5 - -| l Hl |5 - | 5l `|O |5 - -| l Hl |5 - | 5l. =C3-B3

20/272

MAIL MERGE
MAIL MERGE 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
MS WORD ( (( (WIN WORD) OPEN 5| - -| | C | 5| TOOLS
LETTERS AND MAILNGS MAIL MERGE

NEXT: STARTING DOCUMENT NEXT: SELECT RECIPIENTS TYPE A NEW LIST

21/272

CREATE

CREATE u |C5 5| u =l |= || -O CUSTOMIZE

COSTOMIZE u |C5 5| u =l |= || -O -| =| | | =| u
|C5 5l DELETE YES | \||=| || | | ADD

22/272

ADD u |C5 5| u =l |= || -O -| -| | CHl OK ~ l
-| | ADD 5l

=|- ADD 5l ~C u =l |= || -O OK =l` =l |= ~| |
~ | 5

l ~ | 5 | | NEW ENTRY CLOSE

23/272

CLOSE 5l ~C u =l |= || -O -| -| | =|- ~l SAVE
OK

C | 5 C| U | To =l =l` 5 5 MAIL MERGE =|-=| |H-| U(| = u |C5
5

U(|= (INSERT MERGE FIELD) u |C5 5| u =l |= || -O -| -| |
u |C5 5l
INSERT

24/272

MAIL MERGE =|-=| |H=| U C l `|| =|-=| |H u |C5 5 (Merge to new document)

] OK =l` =l |= || -O .

25/272

+ Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to two different candidates for the
interview using mail merge option in MS Word. Save the final merged file by the name interview in
your folder located on the desktop of your computer

To,
<<Name>>
<<Area>>,
<<City>>
Dear <<Name>>,

This is to inform that you have been short listed for the post of <<post>> based on the 1
st

round of interview. You are instructed to join duty from 1
st
March 2008.
For, CBI Computers

Manager.

+ Prepare a MS Word document using Mail Merge to send the following letter to two candidates
informing them about the cancellation of the interview. Save the merged file in your folder on the
desktop by the name interview
To,
<<Name>>
<<CodeNumber>>
<<Address>>,
<<City>>.
<<Name>>,

This is to inform that due to unavoidable circumstance your interview scheduled for 1
st
of
February 2007 has been cancelled. We will update you about the new dates shortly
For, PQR, Ahmedabad
Manager - HR

+ Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to three participants informing them
about there selection in your company. Save the final merged file by the name selection.doc in
your folder located on the desktop of your computer.

To,
<<Name>>
<<Address>>
<<City>>
<<State>>.
Dear <<Name>>,

This is to inform that you have been selected for the post of <<Post>> in our company. You
are supposed to report on duty from 1
st
April 2005.
For, Drums Limited
Director
26/272

EXCEL

EXCEL ||- ||- ||- ||- H|C| H|C| H|C| H|C| (OPEN) 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
START RUN EXCEL OK

+ ++ + Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save
the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Name Basic Salary DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Ded. Net
Bipasa 6750.00
Madhuri 2500.00
Kajol 4000.00

Notes
CLA for all employees would be Rs. 240
Calculate DA=10% of Basic Salary, HRA=16% of Basic Salary
Gross is addition of DA, HRA and CLA
PF is 12% of Gross ,PT is 8% of Gross
Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT, Net is Gross minus Total Ded.
Display Rs. As currency sign in the Net Coloumn
Rename the sheet as Salary

Rs. l| 5| -| l| 5| -| l| 5| -| l| 5| -|
5|C- lC5 5l $|-7 C|-| 7 (5|} =l 6|l |-| ~C| = (CURRENCY)
5|C5 5 .

l = l=- ~| -| l = l=- ~| -| l = l=- ~| -| l = l=- ~| -|
Sheet1 6C |C5 5l -|| =|- CHl ~ ~

27/272


Name Basic
Salary
DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total
Ded.
Net
Suresh 7605.00
Mahesh 3200.00
Mukesh 4250.00
Notes
PF is 12% of Gross ,PT is 8% of Gross
Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT, Net is Gross minus Total Ded.
Display Rs. As currency sign in the Net Coloumn
Rename the sheet as Salary

+ ++ + Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save
the file by name Program in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Novel Software Ltd.
Name Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Total
Hours
Payment
Haresh 8 7 4 4 6 8 5

Prakruti 6 9 6 6 8 6 3
Leena 4 4 7 7 4 7 3
Shyam 6 5 5 4 6 5 6
Note :
Find out total hours worked by each person
Calculate Payment using formula or function, the programmer is paid Rs. 1000 per
hour.
Display header of the worksheet as Innovation and display Software as the
footer.
Find the programmer with the highest payment.

+ ++ + Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below
Name Basic Salary HRA CLA Gross PF Net
Salary
Sachin Rs. 5350.00
Rahul Rs. 6750.00
Virendra Rs. 9250.00
Yuvraj Rs. 8200.00
Note
HRA is 20% of Basic Salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 200
Gross is Basic Salary + HRA + CLA
Find PF using Condition as per the following slab
IF Basic salary is less than Rs. 7000.00, then PF=10% of Basic Salary and
IF Basic salary is greater than Rs. 7000.00, then PF=20% of Basic Salary
Net Salary is Gross - PF
All the figures should have Rs. as currency sign with 2 digit decimals
Save the file by the name salary in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
=if(b2<7000, b2*10%,b2*20%)
28/272

Name Basic Salary HRA CLA Gross PF Net
Salary
Nitin Rs. 8500.00
Bharat Rs. 9350.00
Jivraj Rs. 11000.00
Sachin Rs. 10500.00
Note
HRA is 10% of Basic Salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 250.00
Find PF using Condition as per the following slab
IF Basic salary is less than Rs. 10000.00, then PF=700 and
IF Basic salary is greater than Rs. 10000.00, then PF=1000
Net Salary is Gross - PF
All the figures should have Rs. as currency sign with 2 digit decimals
Save the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
PF |\| -| |\| -| |\| -| |\| -|
=if(b2<10000,700,1000)
Name Basic Salary City HRA CLA Gross PF Net
Salary
Mahendra Rs.5350.00 Surat
Jitendra Rs. 6750.00 Rajkot
Dharmendra Rs. 9250.00 Surat
Surendra Rs. 8200.00 Rajkot
Note
Find HRA using Condition as per the following slab
If City= Surat then HRA = 2000 and
If City = Rajkot then HRA=1500
=if(c2=Surat,2000,1500)
CLA for all employees is Rs. 250.00 & PF if 14% of Basic Salary
Net Salary is Gross PF
All the figures should have Rs. Currency sign with 2 digit decim is
Name Basic Salary DA HRA TA Gross PF PT DED NET
Jayesh 4600
Tushar 5800
Ajay 8100
Notes
HRA is 10% of Basic , DA for all employees is 100,TA is 5% of Basic
Gross is Basic + HRA + TA
PF is 5.5% of Gross, PT for all employees is 20
DED is PF + PT
NET if GROSS DED
All the figure should have Rs as currency sign with 2 digit decimals

29/272


Raj 8750.00
Dhaval 4000.00
Kiren 14000.00
Mahesh 5000.00
Notes
Gross is addition of Basic salary,DA, HRA and CLA
Calculate PF using condition or Lookup as per below mentioned slabe if Basic salary is less
then 6500,PF=10% of Basic salary or else 20% of Basic salary
=if(b2>6500,b2*20%,b2*10% )
PT for all employees would be Rs. 150
Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT
Net is Gross minus Total Ded.

+ ++ + Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the
name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Karuna 6225.00
Ghanshyam 2250.00
Snehashish 12125.00
Aviral 4420.00

Note
Calculate PF using condition or Lookup or Function as
10 % of basic or Rs. 1000.00 whichever is less. =min(b2*10%,1000)
Calculate PT using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
If Basic < 3000, PT = 0
>= 3000 and < 4500, PT = 20
>= 4500 and < 6500, PT = 40
>= 6500, PT = 60
=if(b2>=6500,60,if(b2>=4500,40,if(b2>=3000,20,0)))
Total Ded. is addition of PF and PT
PT = = = = lookup 5| -| =| 5| -| =| 5| -| =| 5| -| =|
|- C=| C= lC 5| |- C=| C= lC 5| |- C=| C= lC 5| |- C=| C= lC 5| INSERT NAME DIFINE

30/272

abc | 5| | 5| | 5| | 5| Add OK

PT =| H|=|-| =| H|=|-| =| H|=|-| =| H|=|-| =lookup(b2,abc) ~ 5l |l ~ 5l |l ~ 5l |l ~ 5l |l

name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Note
Calculate PF = 10% of Gross
Calculate PT using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
If Basic < 3000, PT = 0
>= 3000 and < 4500, PT = 20
>= 4500 and < 6500, PT = 40
>= 6500, PT = 60
Total Ded. is addition of PF and PT
Arun 6750.00
Shyam 2500.00
Neha 12000.00
Viral 4000.00
31/272

name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status
Samir Shah 33 44 54
Mayank Patel 55 78 22
Jayesh Modi 67 45 39
Ajay Mehta 87 65 80

Note
Calculate Total using function or formula only
Calculate Average using function or formula only
Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
Status = PASS if student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise
Status = FAIL
Display MARKSHEET as header of the worksheet
Filter data for all students whose Status = PASS
=IF(AND(B2>=35,C2>=35,D2>=35),PASS,FAIL)

=IF(MIN(B2:D2)>=35,PASS,FAIL)

32/272

+ ++ + Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Number Name City Basic
Status
1 Chaitanya Baroda Rs.15,000
2 Parantap Rajkot Rs.10,000
3 Virat Ahmedabad Rs.8,000
4 Sachin Surat Rs.12,00
5 Kavish Baroda Rs.6,00
6 Virendra Baroda Rs.10,00
7 Aditya Rajkot Rs.6,000
8 Saurabh Ahmedabad Rs.8,000
9 Sreenath Surat Rs.15,000
10 Gautam Ahmedabad Rs.10,000
Note :
Sort the data as per Name in descending order.
Display Rs. In numerical field.
Find the status if Basic<=8000 then fresher
If Basic >=12000 then experienced
Otherwise regular.
Rename the sheet as Pay
Save file by name statement

+ ++ + Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by
name list in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Details of Purchase
Item Name Quantity Price Total Cost
Full scape
notebook
8 30

Ball Pen 5 10
Notebook 6 15
Compass box 2 30
Amount to Pay:

Note :
Find the total Cost and Amount to Pay using Formula or Function.
Make the Pie chart using Total Cost; values should be displayed in the chart.
Display header of the worksheet as Stationary
Give Red Border to your work.

33/272

+ ++ + Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Sunrise higher secondary School
Admission Detail
Number Students Name City Percentage
Status
1 Chaitali Jamnagar 68%
2 Parag Ahmedabad 89%
3 Viral Rajkot 75%
4 Sachin Surat 98%
5 Kavita Ahmedabad 80%
6 Ramesh Junagadh 70%
Note :

Find status according to following condition using formula.
If percentage is greater than 85 than status is given
If percentage is less than 75 than status is not given
Otherwise waiting.
Rename the sheet as Add
Save file by name Entrance

+ ++ + Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by
the name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer..

No. Student Name Math Science English Total Average Status Grade
1 Arunkumar 35 78 65
2 Ashish Patel 45 98 55
3 Sunil Joshi 78 33 67
4 Jay Khanna 78 87 78
5 Neha Suthar 54 50 78
Note
Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs status = PASS if
Student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise Status = FAIL
Calculate Grade using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
If Average is greater than equal to 70%, Grade = A
If Average is greater than equal 60% and less than 70%, Grade = B
If Average is greater than equal 50% and less than 60%, Grade = C
If Average is greater than equal 35% and less than 50%, Grade = D
If Average is less than 35%,than Grade =*****
=IF(F3>=70,A,IF(F3>=60,B,IF(F3>=50,C,IF(F3>=35,D,IF(F3<=35,*****)))))

34/272

+ ++ + Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the
file by the name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

No. Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status
1 Nayan Patel 35 78 65
2 Shyamal Sheth 45 98 55
3 Shail Desai 78 33 67
4 Vikas Shah 78 87 78
Note
Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs
Status = PASS if student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise
Status = FAIL
Create column chart with 3D effect comparing Marks of Hindi, Gujarati and English of all
the four students
3 DEFFECT CHART (l 6l $5 `| l 6l $5 `| l 6l $5 `| l 6l $5 `| } }} } -| -| -| -|
=|- ~= 5=| -|5 lC5 5| INSERT- -| CHART COLUMN
C| `| lC5 5l FINISH

=|- |l lT|= C -|
~
|- 100 90 32
|- 78 45 50
5|= 78 90 44
Note:
Calculate C -|
and ~ using function or formula only
Create column chart with 3D effect comparing marks of |l, , lT|= for all
students
Display header of the sheet as Marksheet and page number as footer
Delete sheet 3 of your excel file

35/272

+ ++ + Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the
file by the name marksheet1 in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
TRAINIG BUDGET
Year Finance Dept Home Dept Heath Dept Total Average
2001 2000000 6000000 3500000
2002 2500000 7000000 4500000
2003 3500000 8000000 6000000
Note
Find Total and Average using formula or function
Display currency Rs in all columns export Year.
Make a Column chart comparing Year with all three departments.
Display Header as TRANING BUDGET
Save file by the name Training in your folder created on the desktop of your

+ ++ + Create a following table using MS Excel
Product Sale on day 1 Sale on day 2 Sale on day 3 Total Sale Average
Pizza 555 600 900
Burger 600 675 890
Sandwich 1500 2250 3750
Cake 400 600 750
Note
Find the Total Sale of all the tree day using formula or function
Find the Average of all tree day using formula of function
Make a pie chart comparing Total of all the four Product
Save the file with the name Food in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
PIE CHART ( (( (| `| | `| | `| | `| } } } } -| -| -| -|
- |65=l 5|C- lC5 5l |Ul |C5l(CTRL) 5l |C=l 5|C- lC5
5l INSERT- -| CHART PIE FINISH

36/272

+ ++ + Creae a following table using MS Excel
Player Runs in Match 1 Runs in Match 2 Runs in Match 3 Total Average
Sachin 55 101 54
Lara 45 21 34
Gayle 94 12 34
Dravid 88 76 43
Note
Find the Total score of all the players using formula or function
Find the Average of all the players using formula of function
Make a pie chart comparing Total of all the four players
Header of the worksheet should be CRICKET
Save the file with the name Cricket in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

+ ++ + Create a following table using MS Excel
Budget Provision for the year 2004 05 in Crores
Department 1
st
Qtr. 2
nd
Qtr. 3
rd
Qtr. 4
th
Qtr. Total Average
Finance 400 500 800 1000
Education 300 500 700 900
Home 450 750 900 1200
Panchayat 600 900 1100 1250
Note
Find Total of all the departments using formula or function
Find Average of all the departments using formula of function
Make a pie chart comparing Total of all the four departments
Rename the worksheet as Budget
Save the file with the name department in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
name Cricket in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Runs Average Runs per over
Overs India Australia India Australia
10 50 55
20 120 130
30 160 165
40 200 210
50 268 267
Notes:
Calculate Average Runs per over using formula
Create a line chart comparing runs scored for every 10 overs by India and Australia
Rename the sheet as Line chart
Display India v/s Australia in the footer of the worksheet.
LINE CHART(C|= `| C|= `| C|= `| C|= `| } } } } -| -| -| -|
|6|, ~ |C|=| = ~= ~ lC 5 5l INSERT- CHART LINE `||
`| lC 5 5l FINISH

37/272

+ ++ + Create the following in MS Excel
Year Sales Person Sale of Fridge Sale of AC Total Sales
2005 Rajendra 500000 300000
2006 Ashish 600000 800000
2006 Ashish 400000 300000
2005 Rajendra 550000 500000
Note
Find Total Sales (Sale of Fridge + Sale of AC)
Display currency as Rs in the Total Sales Coloumn.
Sort the Data as per Year in descending order.
Find Subtotal of Total Sales on the basis of Year
Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

SORT 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
~H| 6 | lC 5 5l DATA - -| SORT

38/272

Sort by -| | -| | lC 5l ASCENDING - DESCENDING -|| lC 5 5l
OK
SUBTOTAL 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
~H| C= lC5 5 DATA- -| SUBTOTAL

- H|=| -| YEAR ( ~C | 5 | - H|=| -| C l H|=| -| -| SUM
~ . l H|=| -| - ~= | lC 5 5l OK

39/272

Sales Person Year Rate Quantity Amount
Kuntal 2005 12500 200
Sameer 2004 15000 250
Kuntal 2004 14000 400
Sameer 2005 16000 450
Notes:
Amount = Rate x Quantity
Figures in Rate and Amount column should have Rs as currency sign with 2 digits
decimals
Sort the data in descending order on the basis of Year
Find Year wise Subtotal Amount.
Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.


Year Organization Income Expense Profit
2001 ABC 500000 300000
2002 XYZ 600000 800000
2002 ABC 400000 300000
2001 XYZ 550000 500000

Notes:
Find Profit using Formula or Function, Profit = Income Expense
Display currency as Rs in the Income, Expense and Profit column.
Sort the data as per Organization in descnding order.
Find Subtotal of Profit on the basis of Organization

+ ++ + Create the following table in MS Excel

Product Month

Year
Sales
Person Qty Rate Amount
Computer Jan
2002
Mehul 200 25000
Computer Jan
2003
Anupam 150 25000
TV Feb
2002
Mehul 135 16000
TV Feb
2003
Anupam 140 17000
DVD Mar
2003
Mehul 145 2500
DVD Mar
2002
Anupam 135 2000

Notes:
Find Amount using Formula
Sort the Data as per Sales Person in ascending order.
Display Sales person wise subtotal of Amount and Qty
Rename data sheet as Sales
Save the file by the name Report in your folder created on the desktop of your compute

40/272


Year Sales Person Sale of TV Sale of LCD Total Sales
2006 Haresh 400000 300000
2006 Mukesh 510000 630000
2007 Mukesh 230000 330000
2007 Haresh 450000 310000

Notes:

Find Total Sales (Sale of TV + Sale of LCD)
Display currency as Rs in the Total Sales Column.
Sort the Data as per Year in descending order.
Find Subtotal of Total Sales on the basis of Year


Product Year Region Price Quantity Amount
Lenovo 2007 Asia 65536 256256
Lenovo
2008 Europe 12345 499999
Compaq
2008 Asia 56789 246810
Compaq
2007 Europe 13579 989836

Notes:
Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity.
Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order.
Create a Pivot Table Such as
Row Fields = Year
Column Field = Region
Data Items = Amount
Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

PIVOT TABLE ( ( ( ( || C || C || C || C} } } } -| -| -| -|
~H| C =l lC5 5 . DATA- -| PIVOT TABLE AND PIVOT CHART
REPORT

41/272

NEXT

NEXT EXISTING WORKSHEET = YES 5l A10 CH LAYOUT

42/272

ROW COLUMNS- DATA -| -| | |$6 lC 5 5l OK FINISH


Fridge 2005 South 6000 150
TV
2006 North 6000 250
Fridge
2006 North 6000 900
TV
2005 South 6900 750

Notes:
Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity.
Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order.
Create a Pivot Table Such as
Row Fields = Region
Column Field = Year
Data Items = Amount
Save the file by the name Table in your folder created on the desktop of your computer
43/272

+ Create the following table in MS Excel

HP 2006 North 25000 100000
HP
2007 West 28000 500000
Wipro
2007 North 21000 300000
Wipro
2006 West 24200 750000

Notes:
1. Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity.
2. Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order.
3. Create a Pivot Table Such as
Row Fields = Year
Column Field = Region
Data Items = Amount
4. Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop

Item Year Location Rate Quantity Amount
Apple iPhone 2010 Noida 26000 4000
Nokia N900 2010 Srinagar 26500 3400
Sony Xperia 2010 Rajkot 23000 3000
Samsung
Corby
2010 Chennai 24000 4000
Notes:
Find amount using formula or function Amount = Rate X Quantity
Sort the data as per Quantity in ascending order
Create a Pivot Table such as
o Row Fields = Location
o Column Field = Year
o Data Items = Amount
Save the file name by Gadgets in your folder
44/272

OUTLOOK

E-MAIL OPEN 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
START RUN OUTLOOK OK

l=` ~| -| l=` ~| -| l=` ~| -| l=` ~| -|
TOOLS OPTIONS MAIL FORMAT

SIGNATURE NEW | l=` CHl NEXT

45/272

l l=` CHl. FINISH OK U C| H|=|-| | l=` Hl 5l OK

NEW TO : - -- - -C ~ | 5 -C ~ | 5 -C ~ | 5 -C ~ | 5 .( .( .( .(| | | |. .. . bank@yahoo.com)
CC : | l | l | l | l - -- - -C ~ ~ | | -C ~ ~ | | -C ~ ~ | | -C ~ ~ | | CC -| | 5 -| | 5 -| | 5 -| | 5
SUBJECT : | ~C | | | ~C | | | ~C | | | ~C | | l CH ~| l CH ~| l CH ~| l CH ~| 5|O CH 5|O CH 5|O CH 5|O CH .( .( .( .(| | | |. .. . leave report, ccc+ exam)

$|C= ~ `- 5| -| $|C= ~ `- 5| -| $|C= ~ `- 5| -| $|C= ~ `- 5| -|
INSERT- -| l - -| l - -| l - -| l FILE DESKTOP || $|6 lC 5 5l || $|6 lC 5 5l || $|6 lC 5 5l || $|6 lC 5 5l OPEN -|l 5|O -|l 5|O -|l 5|O -|l 5|O
$|C lC5 5l $|C lC5 5l $|C lC5 5l $|C lC5 5l INSERT
46/272

|Ul 5|C5 5l |l -| C|= C | 5|.
C | 7| Ul SEND
SEND C| -C= || | | OUTBOX
5 C| | =| -|u 6 6C 5|C5 5l
=|\ =|\ =|\ =|\: :: :- -- - --C= SAVE 5|.=.

Send an Email at least three line about Request for Loan in Gujarati with one of
your file made during this exam as attachment to bank@yahoo.com , Carbon Copy
(CC) sbi@gmail.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your
signature at the end of the email.
Send E-mail at least one line in English/Gujarati with one of your files created
during this Exam as attachment to iffco@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or
Outlook Express.
Send E-mail of below paragraph in Gujarati, with one of your files made during this
Exam as attachment to aincc@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook
Express. USE INDIC
-|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | || -|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | || -|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | || -|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | || =l uOl =l uOl =l uOl =l uOl
=|-| $l =| u| C|l U =|-| $l =| u| C|l U =|-| $l =| u| C|l U =|-| $l =| u| C|l U . . . . l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5
~5 u=l 7|6O 5Cl U ~5 u=l 7|6O 5Cl U ~5 u=l 7|6O 5Cl U ~5 u=l 7|6O 5Cl U . .. .
Send an Email at least three line about Request for Quarter in Gujarati with one
of your file made during this exam as attachment to R&B@yahoo.com , Carbon
Copy (CC) headoffice@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express,
add your signature at the end of the email.
Send an Email at least one line about Request Transfer in Gujarati with one of
your file made during this exam as attachment to helpdesk@yahoo.com , Carbon
Copy (CC) Gujarat@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add
your signature at the end of the email.
Send an Email at least one line about Petroleum Rates in Gujarati with one of
your file made during this exam as attachment to petro@yahoo.com , Carbon Copy
(CC) admin@gmail.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your
signature at the end of the email.
47/272

POWERPOINT
POWERPOINT OPEN 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -|
START RUN POWERPNT OK
+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on GUJARAT having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name gujarat in your
folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes
One of your slide should be in Gujarati
Give Slide numbers to the slides
Give custom animation on any two slides
One of your slide should have a Picture
Set up the show such that it runs continuously till the Esc key is pressed.
Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 5 seconds.

48/272

=l C|6 C| -| =l C|6 C| -| =l C|6 C| -| =l C|6 C| -| NEW SLIDE 5|C5 5 5|C5 5 5|C5 5 5|C5 5 . .. .
- -| | C|6 =|l - -| | C|6 =|l - -| | C|6 =|l - -| | C|6 =|l

49/272

50/272

51/272

52/272

C|6= = ~| -| C|6= = ~| -| C|6= = ~| -| C|6= = ~| -|
VIEW- HEADER AND FOOTER SLIDE NUMBER = YES 5l APPLY TO
ALL
~= ~= ~= ~=
~| -| ~| -| ~| -| ~| -|
FOOTER = YES 5l -|| =|- CHl APPLY TO ALL

CUSTOM ANIMATION ( ( ( ( 5- ~=l-= ~| -| 5- ~=l-= ~| -| 5- ~=l-= ~| -| 5- ~=l-= ~| -| } }} }
SLIDE SHOW- CUSTOMANIMATION CH|O 5|C5 5l
ADD EFFECT ENTRANCE -| | -| 5|O ~=l-= 5|C5 5 .

53/272

l5` 5| -| l5` 5| -| l5` 5| -| l5` 5| -|
INSERT PICTURE CLIP ART

GO -|| l5` lC5 5 ~C l5` ~l

|`=l ~| 7|O 5| ~ |`= 7|O 5| u l =l |6 H` |` = |
| 5l .

54/272

C|6 = C|6 = C|6 = C|6 = CONTINEW ( (( ( } } } } `| |H| -| `| |H| -| `| |H| -| `| |H| -|
SLIDESHOW - -|l SET UP SHOW LOOP CONTINUOUSLY UNTIL
ESC = YES 5l OK

C|6 C|6 C|6 C|6 |l= |l= |l= |l= ( (( (C|6 = |- ~| C|6 = |- ~| C|6 = |- ~| C|6 = |- ~|} } } } -| -| -| -|
SLIDESHOW- SLIDE TRANSITION BLINDS HORIZONTAL ON MOUSE CLICK =
OFF 5 . AUTOMATICALLY AFTER = YES 5l -|| 56 ~l . APPLY TO ALL
SLIDE

55/272

DESIGN(|6|= ~| -| |6|= ~| -| |6|= ~| -| |6|= ~| -| } }} }
$|-l7 C| -|l DESIGN 5|O |6|= 5|C5 5 .

SOUND EFFECT ~| -| ~| -| ~| -| ~| -|

SLIDESHOW- SLIDE TRANSITION SOUND -| | | ~ APPLY TO ALL
SLIDES

56/272

SLIDE -| C =|| -| -| C =|| -| -| C =|| -| -| C =|| -|
FORMAT MENU SLIDE LAYOUT ~5 |H C l u C 5|c C
u |C5 5 .

Cl 5|C- ~= | |l | Cl lC 5l OK

57/272

+ ++ + Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on Somnath Temple having minimum 3
slides. Give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the
name Somnath in your folder on the desktop of your computer
Notes:
Give footer to all slides with date and page number
Use bullets and suitable graphics in at least one slide
Give transition effects to all slide with auto timings of 3 seconds
Third slide font should have Red colour font.
+ ++ + Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on Municipal Corporation having
minimum 3 slides. Give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the
file by the name MUNICORP in your folder on the desktop of your computer
Notes:
Give footer to all slides with date and page number
Use bullets and suitable graphics in at least one slide
Give transition effects to all slide with auto timings of 3 seconds
Third slide font should have Red colour font.
+ ++ + Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on importance of Prayer in
our life.

Notes:

Make three slides of different designs for above topic.
One slide should be in Gujarati.
One slide should have a picture.
Give custom animation effect to two slides.
Give transition effect with auto timing of 5 seconds to each slide
Save the file by name Prarthana in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

+ ++ + Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on My Hobby
Notes:
Apply slide transition, slide design effect to all slides
Display time and date as footer in every slide.
Give transition effect with auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide.
Save the file by name Relaxation in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

58/272

+ ++ + Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Computer .
Notes:
Save the file by name PC in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Give animation effect in any two slides.
Set up show as continues until press Esc

+ ++ + Create a Power Point Presentation on Gir Forest with three slides.
Notes:

Give same background to all slides
One of your slides should be in Gujarati.
Insert picture in any one slide.
Apply slide transition, Give auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide
Save the file by name Lion in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

+ ++ + Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Friendship.
Notes:
Apply slide design effect to all slides
Use fonts excluding black.
Save the file by name Dosti in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation in Gujarati on Navratri having minimum 3 slides, give
the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name Navratri in
your folder on the desktop of your computer

Notes
Give slide design effect
Give sound effect on the slides
Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 seconds

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on Indian Cricket Team having minimum 3 slides;
give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name
presentation in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes
One of your slides should be typed in Gujarati
One of your slide should have a table
Give slide numbers

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on LOKPAL having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name presentation in
your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
One of your slides should be typed in Gujarati
One of your slide should have a table
59/272

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on GUJARAT ELECTION having minimum 3 slides;
give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name
Election in your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes
Give Slide numbers to the slides
One of your slide should have a Picture
Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 second.

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on Swine Flu having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name Presentation in
your folder on the desktop of your computer.
Notes

One of your slide should have a Chart or Organization Chart
Give slide numbers
Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 5 seconda.

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on Hill Station having minimum 3 slides; give the
following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name gujarat in your
folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes
Give slide numbers to the slides

+ ++ + Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on Saputara The Adobe of Serpents
having minimum 3 slides as shown below and save the file by the name Saputara
in your folder on the desktop of your computer
o One of your slide should have graphic
o Give custom animation effect to one of your slide
o Give slide numbers
o Two slides should be in Gujarati
o Give slide transition effect with auto timings of 5 seconds

60/272

+ ++ + Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on Vanche Gujarat having minimum 3
slides as shown below and save the file by the name vanchan in your folder on the
desktop of your computer

61/272

+ ++ + Create a MS PowerPoint presentation with three slides as shown below

Notes:
Apply slide design to all slides
Give Slide numbers to all the three slides shown below
Give Auto time of 3 seconds to each slide

7l |
~ | ~7 |
Main Link of Sites
Visit Gujarat
Government
Initiatives
Sate Profile
62/272

Notes:
Apply slide design, slide transition effect to all slides
Give Slide numbers to all the slides, give sound effect to one slide
Slide 1

Slide 2

Slide 3

63/272

Notes:
Apply slide design to all slides
Give Slide numbers to all the three slides show below

64/272

ORGANIZATION CHART(~7 =| = `| ~7 =| = `| ~7 =| = `| ~7 =| = `| } } } } -| -| -| -|

$|-- $|-- $|-- $|-- -| -| -| -|
SLIDE LAYOUT -| ~7 =|=`| 5|C5 5 -| ~7 =|=`| 5|C5 5 -| ~7 =|=`| 5|C5 5 -| ~7 =|=`| 5|C5 5 . . . .

|Ul `| 6C 5|C5 5l |Ul `| 6C 5|C5 5l |Ul `| 6C 5|C5 5l |Ul `| 6C 5|C5 5l

INDIA

GUJARATc

MAHARASHTRA

AHMEDABAD

BARODA

MUMBAI

PUNE
65/272

- `| lC 5 5l - `| lC 5 5l - `| lC 5 5l - `| lC 5 5l OK

H|=| H|=| H|=| H|=| = 6lCl 5 | H|=| =l |6 5|C5 5l = 6lCl 5 | H|=| =l |6 5|C5 5l = 6lCl 5 | H|=| =l |6 5|C5 5l = 6lCl 5 | H|=| =l |6 5|C5 5l ( H|=| u 7|O 5| ~l
}

DELET 5l ~l 5l ~l 5l ~l 5l ~l. .. .

~= H|=| =l` H|=| \|| | H|=|= lC 5 5l ~= H|=| =l` H|=| \|| | H|=|= lC 5 5l ~= H|=| =l` H|=| \|| | H|=|= lC 5 5l ~= H|=| =l` H|=| \|| | H|=|= lC 5 5l ~7 =| = `| =|-=| ~7 =| = `| =|-=| ~7 =| = `| =|-=| ~7 =| = `| =|-=|
C| -| l C| -| l C| -| l C| -| l INSERT SHAP =|-=| = u | 5|C =|-=| = u | 5|C =|-=| = u | 5|C =|-=| = u | 5|C5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 . .. .
66/272

l |H u |C5 5l INSERT SHAPE =|-=| = u | |C5 5 .

INDIA

GUJARATc

MAHARASHTRA

AHMEDABAD

BARODA

MUMBAI

PUNE
67/272

PROJECT

Tools change Working Time New Calendar
name type-ok
Select Month Select Working Day (Mon to Sat)
Click non Default Time-
Note ( ~| ~. ~.-.| c|- -. - -.| Select -| non
working %FZ Click SZJLP
Option
Start time : 8 : 00 am
End Time : 5 : 00 pm
Hours per Day: 8 ( 8 To 5 Total hours)
Hours per Week : 48 (8 * 6) (8 Total hours * 6
Total Working day to sat)
Day per month : 24 (Total Working day)
Set as default OK OK
Project menu Project Information
Start Date Set -|.
(finish date VF%FL CMI TM Finish date select SZJL) )) )
Calendar Set -. Ok
Task menu type Duration type Predecessor
type Save Ok Note ;-
Milestone ~.-. c|- -| ~ - task - duration .|| -.
Predecessor 1,2,3,4, ~-.- |.|- .
-.-. parallel -c- c|- -. ~-.- |.|- 1,1,1,1,
type -.

68/272

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Team India in your folder created on

1. Set project start date = 17-3-2008.
2. Set date 10 and 24 as holiday and all Sundays also holidays.
3. Insert the following tasks.
1) Select team selectors.
2) Select team.
3) Select coach.
4) Select physiotherapist.
5) Select team manager.
4. Task 2,3,4,5 all are parallel and comes after the task 1.

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project to plan a tour and save it by the name TOUR in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer.
Create a calendar having six working days and name it MYCAL
Finish the Project on 31
st
March 08
Insert the following Task.
1. Select the location for tour.
2. Decide the duration for tour.
3. Arrange for Tickets & Reservation.
4. Arrange Luggage
Set Predecessors.
Set duration for all tasks as 4 days each.

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Town in your folder created on the
1. Set calendar having 6 working days.
2. Set project finish date 31-march-2008.
1) Select site.
2) Select type of town.
3) Create plan
4) Arrange architect
5) Start working.
4. Set last task as milestone.
5. Set predecessors for all the tasks.

69/272

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Course in your folder created on the
1. Set the calendar having 3 alternate working days. (e.g. Mon, wed & Fri are working days)
2. Set project start date = 17-March-2008.
a. design syllabus.
b. Design batches.
c. Appoint faculties
d. Arrange the training.
e. Enroll participants.
f. Start training.
4. Set predecessors for all the tasks.
5. Set duration for all the tasks.

+ ++ + Create a MS Project file for setting up a New organization having minimum 10
tasks as follows. Duration (complete project plan ) / (all the tasks ) will be 45
days.

1. Identify potential office site
2. Finalize lease on office space
3. Assign office space
4. Order furniture
5. Install phone lines
6. Setting up computers
7. Arrange internal maintenance service
8. Arrange external maintenance service
9. Order new business cards
10. New office setup project complete
Note :
Plan calendar having six working days per week.
Save project by the name Activity in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
+ Create a MS Project file for setting up a latest organization having minimum 10
tasks as follows. Project duration will be 60 days.

14. Order furniture
Note :
Plan calendar having five working days per week.
Set predecessors for all the tasks.
Save project by the name Association in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
70/272

+ ++ + Create a file in MS Project and save it by name Shopping Mall SALE in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer
1. Set the calendar having three (3) alternate working days (Monday, Wednesday, Friday)
2. Set the project start date 20 September 2009
3. Insert the following task
a. Prepare items list for SALE
b. Hire salesmen
c. Advertising
d. Promotion of products
e. Start selling
4. Set predecessors for all the task
5. Set duration for all the task
+ ++ + Create a project using MS-Project set up TUITION CLASSES
a) Set a calendar for the project having 7 working days.
b) Set project finish date 28-feb-07
c) Insert the following tasks.
1. Select class room
2. purchase furniture and accessories for tuition class
3. Arrange interviews for faculty.
4. Enroll the students.
5. Start classes.
d) Set task no.5 as milestone.
e) Set duration to the tasks.
f) Save the project by the name Tuition Classes in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and do as directed
1. Set a calendar, having 6 working days a week.
2. Enter the following tasks in the project.
1) Identify a house.
2) Meeting with the house owner.
3) Finalize the figure and give token amount.
4) Prepare the loan documents.
5) Submit the loan documents
6) Receive cheque / DD of loan amount.
7) Payment to the house owner.
8) Transfer the property documents.
9) Renovate the house.
10) Shifting in new house.
3. Set task no 6, 8 and 10 as the milestone.
4. Save the file by the name My House in the folder created on the desktop of your
computer
+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project to schedule a training program and save it by the name
TRAINING in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Set project start on = 1
st
Jan-07
Project should be completed in 30 days
Insert the following Tasks.
i. Decide the training subjects.
ii. Design the studu material.
iii. Schedule the Training session.
iv. Schedule the Training Date.
Set Predecessors.
Set working Time = 6 hours a day & 6 days a week for this project
71/272

+ ++ + Create a project using MS Project

a) Insert the following tasks.& duration in days.
1. Make list of key needs that must be met by new office space 2
2. Identify potential office sites 5
3. Make final decision on office space 2
4. Finalize lease on office space 10
5. Identify major improvement needs 6
6. Obtain estimates from contractors for improvement 5
7. Identify Cost for new office (Chairs, Desks, Equipment) 3
8. Hire contractors for improvement 2
9. Obtain necessary permits 7
10. Order new phone number 1
b) Select working calendar having 6 working days.
c) Project start date: 1-feb-07.
d) Set predecessors to all the tasks.
Save the project by the name Office in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Cine Awards in your folder created on

1. Set the start date of the project 14
th
April, 2007.
2. Set the project schedule as per the following.
a. 10:00AM to 1:00PM
b. 2:00PM to 6:00PM
3. Rename the calendar as Award.
4. Insert the following tasks in the project.

TASK DURATION
Analysis 10 days
Design stage 6 days
Sort data for prizing 5 days
Decorate stage 3 days
Book hotel for anchor 1day

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name XMAS in your folder created on the

a. Start Project on 20
th
January 07.
b. Insert the following tasks.

i. Invite the guests
ii. Decide the party theme.
iii. Decorate the party hall.
iv. Order the Cake for the party.
v. Start party

c. Set predecessors as follows.

i. Task 1& 2 are parallel
ii. Task 3 starts after task 4.
iii. Task 4 start after task 1 & 2.
iv. Milestone is at last position.

72/272

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name OFFICE in your folder created on the

1. Set the project calendar having 6 working days.
2. Project calendar name should be SETUP.
3. Project should start on 1-8-2007.
4. Project duration entered in weeks.

TASK NAME DURATION PREDECESSORS
Identify office site 1 week
Purchase a new office building. MILE STONE 1
Decorate the interior and create furniture 5 weeks 2
Purchase the office stationary 2 weeks 3
Telephone, internet & fax connections 1 weeks 4
Transfer the office from old building 1 weeks 5
Start working MILE STONE 6
Feedback from staff 4 weeks 7
Appropriate changes as per suggestions of staff 8 weeks 8

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name OFFICE in your folder created on the
1. Set the project calendar having three working days (Set Mon-Wend-Fri days
working days)
2. Project calendar name should be EXAM
3. Project working hours should be 9:30 to 12:15 and 1:00 to 4:45 for all the working
days
4. Project should start on 1-may-07.

TASK NAME DURATION PREDECESSORS
Apply thru Department 10 days
Get training call letter from institute 1 day 1
Start training MILESTONE 2
Computer Fundamental 1 day 3
MS- Windows XP 1 day 3
Ms-Word 2 DAYS 4,5
Ms-Excel 2 DAYS 6
Ms- Powerpoint 1 day 7
Internet 1 day 8
Ms-Outlook 1 day 8
Best Practice 1 day 9,10
Ms-Project 2 DAYS 11
Exam MILESTONE 12

73/272

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name RESOURCE in your folder created on the
1. Project should start on 1-5-2007.
2. Project calendar should have 6 working days.
3. Schedule project as per following.
From 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
11:30 AM to 1:30 PM
2:30 PM to 4:30 PM
and 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM
4. Insert the following resources in resource sheet.
RESOURCE NAME TYPE STD. RATE OVT. RATE COST / USE
LABOUR WORK Rs. 50.00
ENGINEER WORK Rs.50000.00
INTERIOR DESIGNER WORK Rs.75000.00
TRANSPORTER MATERIAL Rs. 3500.00
OFFICE STATIONARY MATERIAL Rs. 6000.00

NOTE : All rates should be in RS. Currency symbol.
RESOURCE SHEET =|| -| =|| -| =|| -| =|| -| ( (( (l| l =|| -| l| l =|| -| l| l =|| -| l| l =|| -| } }} }
- 5 C 6 ~= | $|-= 5 - 5 C 6 ~= | $|-= 5 - 5 C 6 ~= | $|-= 5 - 5 C 6 ~= | $|-= 5 VIEW RESOURCE SHEET

-| | CHl -| | CHl -| | CHl -| | CHl

74/272

+ ++ + Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Maha Sangram in your folder created on
1. set the project finish date = 28 April 2007
2. name the calendar as World Cup 2007
3. insert the following tasks in the project
TASK DURATION
Opening ceremony 1 day
League Matches 13 days
Super 8 Matches 24 days
Semi Final 2 days
Final 1 day
4. Create a resource sheet as the following.
RESOURCE COST / USE
Match Kits 1,50,000
5. Assign resources to Opening Ceremony Task.

+ ++ + Create a file in Ms Project and perform the following tasks in it.
1. Project should starts on 1
st
December, 2006.
2. Add the following tasks for arranging the dinner party in celebration of your
Promotion.
1) Decide the party date
2) Give order to the caterers.
3) Invite the guests
4) Decorate the location of party.
5) Party starts on time.
6) Set the predecessors to all the tasks.
7) Add the following resources in the resource sheet.
Resource name Max. Units

a. Caterers 100 %
b. Hall 1
c. Decorator 1

+ ++ + Create a file in MS Project and save it by name Birthday in your folder created on
the desktop of your computer and perform the following task in it.
1. Project should start on 1
st
January 2009
2. Add the following task for arranging the birthday celebration
3. Decide the party date
4. Invite family and friends
5. Decide the venue
6. Celebration starts on time
7. Set the predecessors to all the tasks
8. Add the following resources in the resource sheet
Resource Name Max. Units
a. Hotel 100%
b. Venue 1
c. Organiser 1

75/272

|` -|5=| | |` -|5=| | |` -|5=| | |` -|5=| |

FOLDER

NOTE :Create a new folder on desktop and rename it with your name followed by your Roll No. Eg. If your
name is AKASH and your Roll No. Is 27, than the name of the folder should be AKASH27. Save all your
files in this folder.
Create a new folder on desktop and rename it with your name followed by your Roll No. Eg. If your name is
Vishal and your Roll No. Is 07, than the name of the folder should be Vishal07.

$|6 =|| -| $|6 =|| -| $|6 =|| -| $|6 =|| -|
65| | 5|C5 5l NEW FOLDER || =|- CHl ~ ~ .

SCREEN SAVER

Change the screen saver to 3D Text and display the screen saver with the text Best of Luck
Set the Screen saver as a 3D Flying Object timing of 5 minutes.
Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Flower Box with wait time of 5 minutes
Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Text with wait time of 1 minute
Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Pipes with wait time of 5 minutes
Set the Screen Saver of your computer as Marquee and display your Name in the screen
saver, set wait time as 1 minute.
Set the screen saver as Marquee with waiting time as 2 minutes.
Set the background as Azul .

76/272

SCREEN SAVER (|= |= |= |= } } } } 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| : :: :
DESKTOP RIGHT |C5 PROPERTIES SCREEN SAVER SCREEN SAVER =|-=|
|H-|l -| | lC 5 5 WAIT -| -| | |- ~| . OK

| -|l | 3D Text ~= Marquee -| 7 | DESKTOP RIGHT |C5 PROPERTIES
SCREEN SAVER SCREEN SAVER =|-=| |H-|l 3 33 3D Text -| | | 3 33 3D Text ~= Marquee
-| | | Marquee lC 5 Setting u |C5 5 Setting u |C5 5|l =l` |H
|| -O .

-| -| | CHl ( (( (| | | |. .. . . . . . Best of Luck) OK WAIT -| -| | |- ~| .
OK

77/272

DESKTOP

Set Wallpaper of your desktop as a Friend.
Change the background of your desktop.
Set the Background of the desktop of your computer as Autumn
Change the wallpaper and screensaver of your desktop.
Set background of your desktop as Bliss
Set background of your desktop as Azul
Set Wallpaper of your desktop as a Soap Bubbles
Set the background as Power
Set the system date as Sunday, 23 December 2012
DESKTOP C| -| C| -| C| -| C| -| : :: :
DESKTOP RIGHT |C5 PROPERTIES DESKTOP BACKGROUND =|-=|
|H-| l -| | lC 5 OK

SYSTEM DATE

Change the system date as Wednesday, April 18, 2007
Set the System date as Friday, May 04, 2007
Set the System date as Friday, March 23, 2007 and set the screen saver on your computer as
3D Flowerbox with wait time of 2 minutes
Set the System date as Saturday, June 02, 2007
Set the System date as Saturday, June 02, 2009

SYSTEM DATE CHANGE 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| : :: :
65| u -Ol | |- u |C5 5 ~5 =|6|O | |H || -O -|
-|| -|=| , |lH, ~= |- ` 5| OK

78/272

SHORTCUT

Create Shortcut of MS Excel on the desktop
Create Shortcut of MS Word on the desktop
Create Shortcut of MS Project on the desktop
Create a shortcut on your desktop for Microsoft Paint
Create Shortcut of MS Word on the desktop of your computer and rename the shortcut as MY
WORD
Create Shortcut of MS Word 2003 on the desktop of your computer and rename the shortcut
as Word processor

SHORTCUT 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| : :: :
START SHORTCUT 5 U =| u | |C5 SEND TODESKTOP CREAT
SHORTCUT| |C5 5l

79/272

RENAME
Change the name of the C: drive as CCC
C :DRIVE =|- ` 5| -| =|- ` 5| -| =|- ` 5| -| =|- ` 5| -| : :: :
START MY COMPUTER C:DRIVE u -Ol u -Ol u -Ol u -Ol | |C5 5l | |C5 5l | |C5 5l | |C5 5l RENAME -|| -|| -|| -||
=|- CH =|- CH =|- CH =|- CH 5l |l 5l |l 5l |l 5l |l. .. .

JPG/BMP FILE

Find any one file from your computer having .jpg extension and copy this file in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer. Change the file attributes as Read Only
Find any two files from your computer having .jpg extension and copy these files in your
Find file named winter.jpg from your computer using the Search option, copy the file in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer and rename the file as chill.jpg
Search image file of any format using Search and Find and save it in folder.
Find any two JPG files from your computer copy them and paste in your folder and rename
one as Replace and another as Change.
. J.P.G., B.M.P $| $| $| $|C ` 5| -| C ` 5| -| C ` 5| -| C ` 5| -| : :: :
STARTSEARCHALL FILE AND FOLDERS*.JPGSEARCH-| | $|C
| |C5 5 COPYCLOSE 5l ||=| $|6 | |C5 OPEN| |C5
5lPASTE

80/272

IP ADDRESS

+ Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information about your
computer and save the file in your folder with password to open as 123 created on the

I. P. Address of your computer
Storage capacity of C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer
I.P. ADDRESS = == =192.168.0.15 (~ =l |~ -| -|| 5|=| = CH| }

CAPACITY
FREE SPACE,USED SPACE,STORAGE CAPACITY |\| -| |\| -| |\| -| |\| -| : :: :
START MY COMPUTER u u u u RIGHT CLICK OPEN C:DRIVE u u u u RIGHT
CLICK PROPERTIES

RAM CAPACITY SYSTEM CONFIGURATION |\| -| |\| -| |\| -| |\| -| : :: :
STARTMY COMPUTER u RIGHT CLICKPROPERTIES

~ \l l7 ~5 5|7O-| CHl | | -= -| CH| 5 | -| CHl C .( .( .( .(MS
WORD, NOTEPED, WORDPED)

81/272

+ Create a .doc (MS word) file named font.doc and write the following in it
1. Find the Hard Disk space and Name of the Processor of you C: Drive of your computer and
write into the file with Tahoma Font and size 24
2. Name of the Processor of your computer in font Arial Bold Font with size 20
+Create a .doc (MS word) file named font.doc and write the following in it
3. Find the IP address of your computer and write into the file with Tahoma Font and size 24
4. Name of the Processor of your computer in font Arial Bold Font with size 20
+Create a file named configuration in word pad or note pad with the following
information, and save the file in your folder.

RAM capacity of your computer
Processor used in your computer.
Rename drive D by your name.
+ Create a file named Available in word pad or note pad with the following information, and
save the file in your folder.
Total capacity of your drive D
Capacity of RAM
+ Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information about your
computer and save the file in your folder with password to open as XZY created on the desktop
of your computer.

Ram Capacity of your Computer.
Storage capacity of C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer

+ Create a file by the name system in wordpad or notepad with the following information about
your computer and save the file in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
IP address of your computer
RAM capacity of your computer
Free Capacity of C drive of your computer.
+ Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information and save the file in
your folder created on the desktop of your computer.
Approximate Free space of the C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer
Change the name of the C: drive as CCC
+ Create a file the name storage in Ms Word with the following information and save the file in your
folder with password to oper as ABC created on the desktopof your computer.
PASS WORD (|6 |6 |6 |6 ) ~| -| ~| -| ~| -| ~| -| (Word-| -| -| -| } }} }
l7| CH|=l | CHl C l $|C 5l Tools --| .
Options |C5 5 - C -| Security |C5 5 Password to open =|
C|5-| |6 ~|=| | ~| =l =l`=| C|5-| O ~ |6 ~|
OK ~ | | Cl | |6 -| 7 ~Cl | |6 ~| $l $|C
5l.
82/272

PAINT

Create a triangle in MS Paint and fill it with any two colours and type text below it
Pyramid, save this image as pyramid.jpg in your folder and set as desktop
background
Write your department name name in Ms Paint using air brush, use the colors only
Pink and Blue and save it in your folder with name Dept..
Write your name using AirBrush in Ms Paint.
Draw a rectangle and fill it with 2 colors using Ms Paint..
Draw a red hexagon and blue pentagon using Ms Paint.
Draw a colorful Pentagon in Ms Paint and save it in your folder.
Draw a red hexagon using Ms Paint.
Draw a green octagon using MS Paint.
Draw any flower of your choice.
Draw a tree of your choice in ms paint.
Draw a human hand using ms paint.
Write your name using Pencil of red color in Ms Paint.
Draw a wall clock of your choice in Ms Paint.
Create a small picture in MS Paint using red, blue and green colour and save it in your folder
created on the desktop of your computer by the name Picture. Also display the same as the
background of your desktop.
Draw a yellow colored circle in MS Paint and copy it in your word file. Save the word file by the
name circle in your folder created on the desktop of your computer with password to open as
ABC.
83/272

Create a small picture in MS Paint displaying a pink square and yellow circle inside it and save
it in your folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name PINKYELLOW. Also
display the same as the background of your desktop.
Draw a red hexagon and blue pentagon using Ms Paint.
Create a small picture in MS Paint displaying a red circle and blue square and save it in your
folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name REDBLUE. Also display the
same as the background of your desktop.
Draw a blue square inside a red octagon.
PAINT (|` |` |` |`} }} }|| -| || -| || -| || -| : :: :
STARTRUNMSPAINTOK-| | |` | .SAVE 5 |`= 65| u C||
-| $|C - -| SET AS BACKGROUND (CENTERED) 5 .

Pentagon
(`5|O `5|O `5|O `5|O } }} }

Rectangle
(C`| C`| C`| C`| } }} }

Square
(`| `| `| `|} }} }
Triangle
(l5|O l5|O l5|O l5|O} }} }

Circle
(7|O 7|O 7|O 7|O} }} }
Octagon
(~5|O ~5|O ~5|O ~5|O} }} }
Hexagon
(65|O 65|O 65|O 65|O} }} }
84/272

TBIL CONVERTER

Convert the file named gujarati - Navsari.doc located at
C:\Program Files\TBIlConverter
to shruti fonts using TBIL converter and save the file in the folder created on the desktop of
your computer.
TBIL CONVERTER 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| 5| -| : :: :
START RUNTBIL CONVERTEROK DOC FILEGO

u |H ~ SOURCE FONT -| -| | lC 5 NEXT BROWSE -| |
$|C lC5l
OPENCONVERTOKYESEXITYESSTARTMY RECENT DOCUMENTS -| |
$|C lC 5lFILE MENUSAVE ASDESKTOP|| $|6 lC 5 OPEN-| |
$|C 5| -| =|- ~ SAVE

Convert the file named gujarati_Gokul.doc located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL
Converter to Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder
created on the desktop

Convert the file named gujarati - nakul.doc located at C:\Program Files\TBIl Converter to
shruti fonts using TBIL converter and save the file in the folder created on the desktop of
your computer.

Convert the file named gujarati - Krishna.doc located at
your computer.

Convert the file named gujarati - Kaveri.doc located at
your computer.

85/272

Sardar Patel Institute of Public Administration
Practical Exam on CCC+
Total Duration : 90 Minutes Total Marks : 50 Passing Marks : 25

NOTE :
Make a folder on your desktop and Rename it as Your name and Roll No. e.g. If your
name is Ramesh and your roll no. is 11, the folder name should be Ramesh 11 , Save
all your files in this folder.

Question 1: Attempt any two out of the following three Total Marks : 10

A) 5 Marks
Create a file named Space in word pad or note pad with the following information,
and save the file in your folder.
Total capacity of your drive C
IP address of your computer
B) 5 Marks
Convert the file named gujarati_Gokul.doc located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL converter
to Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder created on the desktop

C) Set the screen saver as 3d text with your department name.
5 Marks
Question 2: Attempt any four out of the following five Total Marks : 40

A) 10 Marks
Create a MS Project file for setting up a latest organization having minimum 10 tasks as
follows. Project duration will be 60 days.

24. Order furniture

Note :
Plan calendar having five working days per week.
Save project by the name Association in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
86/272

B) 10 Marks
Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the
file by name Pay in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Salary statement for the month of February 2011
NAME Basic CLA HRA PF Gross Net
Mr. Suresh 15,000
Mr. Ashish 8,000
Mr. Pranav 10,000
Mrs. Rozy 18000
Mrs. Mona 12000
Mrs. Nayana 8000

Note :
HRA is 20% of the basic salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 200.
Find PF using condition as per the following slab:
o If basic salary is less than rs. 7000, then PF = 700
o If basic salary is greater than rs. 7000, then PF = 1000.
Net salary is Gross PF.
Make a pie chart comparing gross of all the employees.
C) 10 Marks

Send E-mail of the two lines in Gujarati, to spipa@gmail.com also create signature of your
name using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.

D) 10 Marks
Prepare the following table in MS Word.

ll =|- ll =|- ll =|- ll =|- |5- |5- |5- |5- C C C C
l l l l. . . . l l l l. . . . ~C ~C ~C ~C. .. . 3OO 3OO 3OO 3OO 9O 9O 9O 9O

l|6|5|= l|6|5|= l|6|5|= l|6|5|= cOO cOO cOO cOO 2O 2O 2O 2O

-7 -7 -7 -7 OOO OOO OOO OOO 9cO 9cO 9cO 9cO

~=l6| ~=l6| ~=l6| ~=l6| OO OO OO OO 2OO 2OO 2OO 2OO

Commands:
Calculate Total in C column using formula.
Page orientation should be Landscape.
Save the document with name |Cl=
87/272

E) 10 Marks
Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Svarnim Gujarat.
Notes:
Make three slides of different designs for above topic.
One slide should be in Gujarati.
One slide should have a picture.
Save the file by name Svarnim in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
88/272


NOTE :


A) Create a shortcut of MS Project 2003 on your desktop.
5 Marks

B) Find any two jpg/jpeg files from your computer and paste them in your folder.
Rename one of them as Transform.
5 Marks

C) Create a file named System in word pad or note pad with the following
information, and save the file in your folder. 5
Marks
RAM capacity of your computer.
Processor speed and name of your computer.
A) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.
10 Marks
Sales Report
Product Month
Sales
Person Qty Rate amount
Mobile April Kalpesh 2 8,000
Camera June Shirish 2 12,000
Desktop June Kaushik 1 18,000
Window AC May Binal 2 10,000
I Pod April Neha 3 8,000
Note :
Find Amount using Formula.
Sort the data as per Sale Person in ascending order.
Create a Pivot table such as
Row Field = Product
Column Field = Sales Person
Data items =Amount
Save file by name Vending
89/272

B) 10 Marks

Send E-mail at least two lines in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during this
Exam as attachment to iffco@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.

C)
Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to three different candidates to
joint the job, in MS Word. Save the final merged file by the name Appointment in your
10 Marks
To,
<<Name>>
<<Address1>>
<<Address2>>
<<City>><<Pincode>>

Dear Mr. <<Name>>

This is to inform that you have been short-listed for the post of <<Post>> based on
the first round of interview. You are instructed to join duty from 1
st
July, 2011.
You are requested to bring the following documents:
+ Your original certificates
+ Copy of your passport
Manager - HR

D) 10 Marks

Create a MS Project file. Schedule the project from a start date of May 10, 2011. Enter the following
10 tasks for your plan. Apply duration of 5 day for each task.

1. Select site
2. Select type of town
3. Create plan
4. Arrange architect
5. Start working

Note :
Set last task as Milestone.
Set project finish date 6-July-2011.
Save project by the name urban in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

90/272

E) 10 Marks
Create a Power Point Presentation on Gir Forest with three slides.
Notes:
Give same background to all slides
One of your slides should be in Gujarati.
Insert picture in any one slide.
Apply slide transition, Give auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide
Save the file by name Lion in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

91/272


NOTE :
Make a folder on your desktop and Rename it as Your name and Roll No. e.g. If your name is
Ramesh and your roll no. is 11, the folder name should be Ramesh 11 , Save all your files in
this folder.

A) 5 Marks

Set the background as Autumn
Set the system date as Saturday, 30 April 2011.
B) 5 Marks

Convert the file named gujarati_Navsari.doc located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL converter to
Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder created on the desktop

C) 5 Marks

Find any two .bmp files from your computer copy them and paste in your folder. Change the attribute
of files as read only.


A) Do the following exercise in MS-Word 10 Marks

0|l |6C|-=| |= ~| 6| . |-| l=~l | =|Cl C|l-| |7|
5| | ~= -O UlC|=| |\=l C= 6|=||=| 7=| ~| \l=l
|H|~-| |H| U .
Commands
Use font size 16, and font color Blue.
Set left margin as 2.0 and right margin as 1.0
Give page background of Yellow color.
Save the document with name Nobel Prize

92/272
92/272

B) 10 Marks
Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Sunrise higher secondary School
Admission Detail
Number Students Name City Percentage
Status
1 Chaitali Jamnagar 68%
2 Parag Ahmedabad 89%
3 Viral Rajkot 75%
4 Sachin Surat 98%
5 Kavita Ahmedabad 80%
6 Ramesh Junagadh 70%
Note :
Find status according to following condition using formula.
If percentage is greater than 85 than status is given
If percentage is less than 75 than status is not given
Otherwise waiting.
Rename the sheet as Add
Save file by name Entrance
C) 10 Marks
Create a MS Project file to schedule a training program and save it by the name
Preparation
In your folder created on the desktop of your computer
Project starts on 1
st
july, 2011
Project should be completed in 30 days
Insert following tasks
1. Decide the training subjects
2. Design the study material
3. Schedule the training session
4. Schedule the training date
Set predecessors
Set working time = 6 hours a day and 6 days a week for this project
D) 10 Marks
Send E-mail of below paragraph in Gujarati, with one of your files made during this Exam
as attachment to aincc@yahoo.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express. USE
INDIC

-|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | ||=l uOl =|-| $l =| -|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | ||=l uOl =|-| $l =| -|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | ||=l uOl =|-| $l =| -|O | =| || 5|-l 5|Ol U | ||=l uOl =|-| $l =|
u| C|l U u| C|l U u| C|l U u| C|l U . . . . l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 l ~O| |~ 5 -|=|-| ~5 ~5 u=l 7|6O ~5 u=l 7|6O ~5 u=l 7|6O ~5 u=l 7|6O
5Cl U 5Cl U 5Cl U 5Cl U . .. .

93/272
93/272
E) 10 Marks

Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Friendship.
Notes:
Apply slide design effect to all slides
Use fonts excluding black.
Save the file by name Dosti in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

94/272
94/272
Total Duration : 90 Minutes Total Marks : 50 Passing Marks :
25

NOTE :

Question 1: Attempt any two out of the following three Total
Marks : 10

A) 5
Marks
Create a shortcut of MS Word on the desktop.
B) 5
Marks
Write three lines about cricket in RTF format.

C) 5 Marks

Draw any picture in Ms Paint using colors only pink and blue and save it in your folder
with name Image.


A) 10 Marks
Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Sales Report
Product Month
Sales
Person Qty Rate amount
Mobile April Kalpesh 3 8,000
Camera June Shirish 2 12,000
Desktop June Kaushik 1 18,000
Window AC May Binal 2 10,000
I Pod April Neha 2 8,000
Note :
Find Amount using Formula.
Sort the data as per Sale Person in ascending order.
Create a Pivot table such as
Row Field = Product
Column Field = Sales Person
Data items =Amount
Save file by name Vending
95/272
95/272
B) 10 Marks

Send E-mail at least one line in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during this
Exam as attachment to info.system@gmail.com using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook
Express.

C) Prepare a MS Word document. Save the file by name Result in your folder created on
10
Marks

No Student name Subject 1 Subject 2 Subject 3 Total
1 Suresh 89 56 48
2 Leena 56 85 62
3 Kruti 80 68 75
4 Dhruti 82 74 65
5 Priyanka 74 67 28

Notes:-
Set top margin as 2.0 and bottom as 1.0
Set header as answer and show SPIPA in footer, center aligned.
Find total using Formula.
Give border to the document.
D) Create a MS Project file and do as directed. 10
Marks
Set a Calendar having 5 working days a week.
Set project finish date as 30-04-2011.
Insert following tasks
1. Select site.
2. Select type of town.
3. Create plan
4. Arrange architect
5. Start working.
Set last task as milestone.
Save project by the name construction in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.

E) 10 Marks
Create a MS Power Point Presentation on Nirmal Gujarat having minimum three slides.
Notes:
Save the file by name Gujarat in your folder created on the desktop of your
computer.
One of your slide should be in gujarati.
Give slide numbers to the slides.
Give animation effect in any two slides.
96/272
96/272

1. ABOUT COMPUTER

1. The first calculating device is..
. - -- .| - |- ........ .
[A] Digital calculator [B] Analog calculator
[C] Abacus [D] None of the above
2. PC stands for
|.| ~ . ........
[A] A Pocket computer [B] Personal computer
[C] Physical computer [D] Personal card
3. Personal computer are the type of computer.
-. -|--- . - . -.- -|--- . .
[A] Super computer [B] Mini computer
[C] Micro computer [D] Mainframe computer
4. The first super computer made in India is.
-..-. - . -|--- ........... .
[A] Param 1000 [B] Param 10000
[C] Param [D] None of the above
5. ENIAC stands for..
ENIAC ~ . ........
[A] Electronic numeric integrate and calculate
[B] Electronic numeric integrator and calculator
[C] Electronic numeric integrate & calculate
[D] Electronic numeric integrate calculate
6. ASCII stands for ...............
ASCII ~ . ............
[A] American Standard Code for Information Interchange
[B] American Standard Code for Integration Interchange
[C] Asian Standard Code for Information Interchange
[D] None of the above
7. Which of the following computer used for weather forecasting?
c..--| ~.-.c| .. -| -.. | --. -.- -|--- . .-|-|
[A] A Micro computer [B] Mainframe computer
[C] Personal computer [D] Super computer
8. Computer used for special effects in movies is..........
|--|. - - - -. ~.. .. ......... -|--- .-| .-|- .- .
[A] Super computer [B] Mainframe computer
[C] Micro computer [D] None of the above
9. The computer works on analogous way is called.........
~ -|--- .-| ~ - |- .. -|-| -.- - - - ............... -c .
[A] Analog computer [B] Digital computer
[C] Hybrid computer [D] None of the above

1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. A
97/272

10. The computer which work on digital principle
.|.|. |--|- ~.-. -.- -- -|--- . .......... .
[A] Analog computer [B] Digital computer
[C] Hybrid computer [D] None of the above
11. The hybrid computer work on..
c. |. -|--- ......... -.- - .
[A] Analog [B] Digital
[C] Both A & B [D] None
12. IC stands for
~..| ~ . .........
[A] Internal circuit [B] Integrated circuit
[C] Internal cycle [D] None of the above
13. The touchable part of computer is called as.
-|--- .- ~.| -.- - . -.-- .......... -c .
[A] Hardware [B] Software
[C] Program [D] None
14. A set of program designed to perform some task is called.
-| |-- -.- -. .. -| |- .-| . ......... -c .-.
[C] Program [D] None
15. A software necessary to carry out certain task is called..
-| |-- -.- -. .. -| ~,| . -. ......... -c .-.
[A] Application Software [B] System Software
[C] Operating Software [D] Hardware
16. Which is the interface between hardware?
c.. .. -| -.- --|
[C] Operating Software [D] Hardware
17. The circuit board to which micro processor is attach is called?
.- . . - -| . . ~...-
[A] Memory [B] Mother board
[C] CPU [D] None
18. refers the path between components of computers.
-|--- .-. .-- . ......... ~|..- . c|- .
[A] Bus [B] Line
[C] Wire [D] Cable
19. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack
|.-. - . .- . -|. .. .. -| .-|- .-
[A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code rader
20. The capabilities of a.Lies in between those of mainframe and those
of personal computer.
-- ~- - -|--- . - -| .-.~|.......... -. --- . -. .
[A] Micro computer [B] Mini computer
[C] Super computer [D] Notebook computer

10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. B
98/272

21. A.. Is a device that reads from a disk.
......... ~ ~ .-- ~ .|-- . .
[A] Disk carrier [B] Disk drive
[C] Disk cabinet [D] All of the above
22. .. Software can translate scanned image in to text you can edit
......... |-. -- - - | ~. .. ~ .|. -. .. .-|-| .
[A] OCR [B] SCR
[C] SCSI [D] USC
23. . is the process of creating programs and data for safekeeping.
|- . ~- . ..- .-| - .. .. ......... . .
[A] Saving [B] Sorting
[C] Printing [D] Back up
24. Which of the following is a buffer between main memory and CPU?
-| -. -| -| - - |- ~- CPU - --| - |-. -~
[A] CDROM [B] ROM
[C] RAM [D] PROM-
25. The vaccum tube in PC is known as
||. .-| -- .- ....... -|- ~|~.- .
[A] CRT [B] Moniter
[C] Screen [D] All above
26. The base 2 number system used by computers is known as
) -. ~.-.-| -|- -|--- .. .......... -|- ~|~.- .
[A] Binary number system [B] Octal number system
[C] Secimal cumber system [D] Hex number system
27. A statistic for measuring how long a drive takes to read or write data is
called..
.|c-| |. ~. .. -. .. .. . c ........... -c .- .
[A] Seek time [B] Access time
[C] Refresh time [D] None of the above
28. .... is set of instruction that tells the hardware of computer what to do.
-|--- .. c . c.. - -- -.- - - ~.. ..-. .|c-|-. .- ..........-c .
[A] Mother board [B] Programs
[C] Key board [D] None
29. The computer on your desktop us under. category.
-.. . -..| . c -|--- . .......... - . -|- .
[A] Mini computer [B] Super computer
[C] Mainframe [D] Micro computer
30. Virus is
.- ~ ........ .
[A] A device [B] A program
[C] An error [D] None of the above
31. A computer on chip is called..
| . c -. --- . ............ -|- ~|~.- .
[A] VLSI [B] Micro computer
[C] Micro processor [D] None of the above

21. B 22. A 23. D 24. C 25. A 26. A 27. B 28. B 29. D 30. B 31. C
99/272

32. .. is high level programming language.
........... ~ c. |- .| - -... .
[A] Machine language [B] BASIC
[C] ALP [D] None
33. . Computer is fastest computer system.
.......... ~ ..| -|--- . .
[A] Mainframe [B] Mini
[C] Super [D] Micro
34. Business application like automation, desktop publishing etc.have been
made possible due arrival of . Computer.
|.- ~ -|- - ~ | - ~|.| -, .|..|.|. - ....... -|--- . ~..- -. -- -| .
[A] Mini [B] Micro
[C] Mainframe [D] Super
35.Computer program is simply a set of data or instruction that has
been given a name.
-|--- . |- .. c | .|c-|- ......... . -. ~... ~. .
[A] File [B] Instruction
[C] Procedure [D] Folder
36. To reset the computer.. (-|--- .- | -... -.........)
[A] Delete [B] Alt
[C] Ctrl [D] All above
37. . is the process of creating a duplicate set of programs or data files
for safe keeping.
. -| - .. .. - -| .-|- . -. -.. .. -| |- -. ~ . .................
[A] Format [B] Backup
[C] Retive [D] Rename
38. FAT stands for
FAT ~ .
[A] File allocation table [B] Find allocate table
[C] Follow allow table [D] None of the above
39. P-Ill 450 MHz

in this term MHz is a unit of measuring.
P-Ill 450 MHz . MHz ~ ......... ..-| ~ - .
[A] Time [B] Frequency
[C] HDD [D] None
40. The processing function is divided between.
. | - - -- ....... - c .- . .
[A] Processor [B] Memory
[C] A, B both [D] None
41. MICR stands for?
MICR ~ .
[A] Magnetic ink character reader [B] Magnetic ink char ogn
[C] Master ink character [D] None of the above
42. Floppy disk is the type of memory....
-|| .|-- ~ ......... -.-| | .
[A] Magnetic & Secondary [B] Main memory
[C] O Primary [D] None of the above

32. B 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. A 42. A
100/272

43. A. Is a fast and electronic device that accepts and store input data,
Process them, and produce output results under the direction of a
stored Program of instruction.
..~ ~ - ..| ~- -. . |-- .-- - ~ - . ...- -|-. ~- - c - , ~-
- |c- |- .-| -. ~- . ~... . |. - -. - .
[A] Printer [B] Computer
[C] Modem [D] VDU
44. A.. Computer is one that directly counts the numbers that represent
numerals, letters or other special symbols.
........... ~ ~ - ~ ~ -|---. - ~ ~ . ~. -..~|-| |-| --| - - ~ ~. -.. -|
~. . |-c . |-|-|- - .
[A] Digital [B] Analog
[C] Hybrid [D] None
45. Desirable features of analog and digital machines are combined to create
a computer system called.
~ - |- ~- |.|~. |--. ~,| .|- - -. -|- -... ~.-| -|--- . |-. ~. ....
[A] Digital [B] Analog
[C] Hybrid [D] None
46. Comparing data values and taking decisions is called operation.
. .. -- -| .| -.-| ~- |- -| -.-| |- -.- ........ ~| - -c .
[A] Logical [B] Arithmetic
[C] Sorting [D] None
47. Informational raw material represented by symbols is called.
~ |-c -| --| - | .||-- |-|-|- - - - ......... -c .
[A] Instruction [B] Information
[C] Statement [D] Data
48. A personal computer is a general purpose Computer.
- -. --- . ~ ..-- |- ......... -. --- . .
[A] Micro [B] Mini
[C] Mainframe [D] Super
49. Holding of all data and instructions to be processed is one of the
functions of ................
-. ~ . ..- ~.~| .. ~- -. ~ -.- -. ~ .......... - -.- .
[A] CPU [B] Output Unit
[C] Storage Unit [D] None
50. Which type of s/w is Netscape navigator.
Netscape navigator. --. -.- Software .
[A] Data Management [B] Internet Browser
[C] Data Analysis [D] Word Processing
51. A smart terminal is one which
-.. .|- - ~ ............
[A] Looks very attractive screen [B] Has inbuilt processing capability
[C] Must convent input on CRT [D] None of these

43. B 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. B

101/272

52. Interpretation of instruction in a computer is done by.
-|--- . . -.~|- -... -.......... a.. -.. ~. .
[A] Registers [B] Control Unit
[B] ALU [D] None of Above
53. A . is a collection of buttons which represent various operations
that can be carried out within an application.
~ .--| c - ~ ||- -.- |- -.~|- |-||- - - ~ - ~ -|--. | ...
~.-| c|- .
[A] Buttons [B] Menu
[C] Toolbar [C] None
54. One of the following statements of the Internal command is not true.
-| -. . | -| ~ - |-.- -.- -.-. .. - -|.
[A] Internal commands are those that have been built into MS-DOS.
[B] At the time of booting, internal commands are automatically loaded into
memory
[C] Internal commands are executed instantly without referring to the disk.
[D] None of above
55. GUI is used as an interface between ..
- ~............ - ~|.. -|- .-|-. .- .
[A] Hardware and Software [B] Man and Machine
[C] Software & User [D] None of above
56. A Word processor is . | ~ .)
[A] A program which process the word, e. g. Giving frequency of words,
sorting the word etc.
[B] A program that provides the facility for creating, viewing, editing
and manipulating text before printing.
[C] CPU of Microcomputer
[D] None of these
57. Which of the following admirable capability is provided in most of the
workstations.
--- - - - -. -. -| -.. | - -|- .-. | .... ~. .
[A] Numeric Processing [B] Graphics
[C] Text manipulation [D] None of the these
58. Which of the following software checks the syntactic errors in program.
-| -.. | -- |-. |- .|- - - |- .. - - .
[A] Compiler [B] Interpreter
[C] Both A and B [D] None of these
59. Data processing cycle consists of.........
. .. | | - .- .......... -| .- - .
[A] Input cycle and output cycle [B] Output cycle and processing cycle
[C] Input cycle, output cycle and processing cycle
[D] None of these
60. The language that the computer can understand and execute is
called.....
~ -... - ~ - -|--- . ~ ~- ~ - - - ......... -c .-.
[A] Machine language [B] Application software
[C] System program [D] None of the above
52. D 53. C 54. D 55. B 56. B 57. C 58. C 59. C 60. A
102/272

61. The binary number system has a base.
.-| - |-.-| . ........ .
[A] 2 [B] 4
[C] 8 [D] 16
62. OMR stands for?
~|.~ .~. ~ .
[A] Objective Mark Reader [B] Optical Mark Recognition
[C] Objective Mark Recognition [D] Optical Mark Reader
63. VDU stands for........
|.|- ~ .
[A] Virtual Display Unit [B] Voice Device Unit
[C] Visual Display Unit [D] None of the above
64. Base of binary number System is..........
.-| - |-.-| . ......... .
[A] 10 [B] 8
[C] 16 [D] 2
65. Dialog box section in which we may enter data are........
..|- |- |-.- - ~ . ~. ........ . ..-| . -| -.- .
[A] Spinners [B] Command buttons
[C] sliders [D] All of the above
66. The aim of.......... is to develop computer programs that can behave rather
like a human expert.
........ -| c - ~ | -|--- . |- . |-..-| c-| - ~ ~ - ~ - - ~ --|-- ~ -| - .
[A] Word processing System [B] Operating System
[C] LAN System [D] Expert System
67. 1 Byte= ............. Bits.
+ .. = ....... |.
[A] 2 [B] 1024
[C] 256 [D] 8
68. The most common monitor can display ......... Color at a time.
|.. -.--. |-|. ~ - ~ - ........... - -.| - .
[A] 256 [B] 128
[C] 250 [D] 255
69. What is DMP?
.|~ |
[A] Disk Management Power [B] Dot Matrix Printer
[C] Dot memory per [D] Disk Management program
70............ Is a small piece of Silicon on which Circuits related to computer
are made.
.......... ~ ||-|--| -.-| -.- - ~ -. -|--- .- ---. -| . -... ~. .
[A] chip [B] port
[C] bit [D] vacum tube
71. Is a set of instruction.
........ -.~|-| c .
[A] Program [B] Printer
[C] Scanner [D] Floppy Disk

61. A 62. D 63. C 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. D 68. A 69. B 70. A 71. A
103/272

72. ............ was a simple machine used by Chinese for addition of numbers.
.......... ~ .-|. a.. .~. .. -... ~. .- |- .
[A] Napiers Bone [B] Abacus
[C] Charles Babbage [D] CPU
73. The process opposite to Random Access is............
-. ~ --| |,--| |- -. ........... .
[A] No random access [B] Access
[C] Sequential access [D] None Access
74. Which of computer is used for weather forecasting from the following
option?
c..--| ~.-.c| -. .. -| -.. | --. -|--- .-| .-|- .-
[A] Mini computer [B] Micro Computer
[C] Super Computer [D] Mainframe Computer
75. Which method do we use for calculation in our day to day life?
~.| |~|~-| |~ --|. --| .. ~ - -|--| .-|- -|~ |~
[A] Decimal Method [B] Binary Method
[C] Unitary Method [D] Hexa Method
76. One Giga bytes equals to..........
~ - -|-. .. = ...........
[A] Approx. One thousands bytes [B] Approx. One thousands megabytes
[C] Approx. One bytes [D] None
77. The basic operations performed by a computer are.
-|--- . a.. -.. ~.-. ..-- -.- ................ .
[A] Arithmetic operation [B] Logical operation
[C] Storage and relative [D] All the above
78. The buffer in the system are in.....
|-. c -....... . c|- .
[A] CONFIG.SYS [B] AUTOEXEC.BAT
[C] BOTH A & B [D] None
79. In a high resolution mode, the number of dots in a line will usually be.
c. .|-- - |.. , .-. c . .-.-| -. ..-- |- ......... c| - .
[A] 320 [B] 640
[C] 760 [D] 900
80. The unit KIPS is used to measure the speed of..........
KIPS...... -| .. .. .. .-|-| .
[A] Processor [B] Disk drive
[C] Printer [D] Tape drive
81. A Compiler......... --. ~ ............. )
[A] Is a computer program
[B] Translates a high level language into machine language
[C] Is a part of software
[D] None of these
82. Computer software includes...........
-|--- . |-. ........ -. .
[A] Application programs [B] Operating system programs
[C] Packaged programs [D] All of these

72. B 73. C 74. C 75. A 76. B 77. D 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. B 82. D
104/272

83. Machine language..........
|- - ~ ~ . ............
[A] is the language in which programs were first writtem
[B] is the one language understood by the computer
[C] Differs from one type of computer to another
[D] All of these
84. Assembly language........ (~ -| - ~ ~ . ......... )
[A] Uses alphabetic codes in place of binary numbers used in machine
Language
[B] Is the easiest language to write program
[C] Need not be translated into machine language
[D] None of these
85. A source program is.......... (| |- .......... .)
[A] a program written in a machine language
[B] a program to be translated into machine language
[C] a machine language translation of a program written in a
[D] None of these
86. A Compiler is.........
--............. .
[A] a combination of computer hardware
[B] a program which translates from one high-level language to another
[C] a program which translates from one high-level to a machine level
[D] None of these
87. A Pixel is.............
|- -........... .
[A] A computer program that draws picture
[B] A picture stored in secondary memory
[C] The smallest resolvable part of a picture
[D] None of these
88. Which technology is used in Compact disks?
-. - -. .|--. - -|--. .-. - .- .
[A] Mechanical [B] Electrical
[C] Electro Magnetic [D] Laser
89. Which device can understand difference between data & programs?
. .. ~- . - . - -. --.- -- .-- ~
[A] Input device [B] Output device
[C] Memory [D] Microprocessor
90. Algorithm and Flow chart help us to........
~--||- ~- -| .. ~.- ........... .. --, .- .
[A] Know the memory capacity [B] Identify the base of a number system
[C] Direct the output to a printer [D] Specify the problem completely and
clearly
91. Output that made of pictures, sounds and video is best described as ....
|- , ~.~ ~- |.|-|- ~... ......... a.. -. c|- .
[A] Graphics [B] Multimedia
[C] Hard copy [D] Multi aspects

83. B 84. A 85. B 86. C 87. C 88. D 89. D 90. D 91. B
105/272

92. When you purchase a product over a mobile Phone, the transaction is
Called.........
|. a.. -.- | |.-.-| |-|- ....... -c .
[A] Web-Commerce [B] e-Commerce
[C] m-Commerce [D] Mobile Purchases
93. What is the address given to a computer connected to a network called ?
- .- . -~.- -|--- .- ~. ~ . -c .-
[A] System Address [B] SYSID
[C] Process ID [D] IP Address
94. An individual dot on a computer screen is called a (n)....
-|--- . -- |- . c | -- .|.- ......... -c .
[A] Character [B] Screen Point
[C] Font [D] Pixel
95. Software gets form friends........
|| . | ~ |-. ...........
[A] Friends Software [B] Pirated Software
[C] Licensed Software [D] None
96. A person who navigate computer is consider as.......
~ --|-- - ~ -|--- .- .............. ~.. .
[A] Computer Literate [B] Computer fluent
[C] Computer Technologist [D] None
97. A set of sectors called........
-. -| .......... -c .- .
[A] Tracks [B] Cluster
[C] Cylinder [D] None
98. Full form of MICR is.........
MICR - , -.......... .
[A] Magnetic Ink Character Reader [B] Magnetic Ink Code Reader
[C] Multiprocessor [D] Magnifier Information
99. Macro media is a name of a company ralated with........
.- ||.|-. -.-| - -|...... . -~.-
[C] Periperals [D] Services
100. Which of the following will convert high level language to machine Language?
-| -.. | -- c. - ~- |- - ~. -
[A] Translator [B] Assembler
[C] Executor [D] None
101. DTP stands for........
DTP ~ . ........
[A] Desk Top Publishing [B] Desk Top Preparation
[C] Desk Top Polishing [D] None
102. Which of the following is the characteristics of computer?
-| -. -| --. -|--- .-. .|
[A] Speed [B] Accuracy
[C] Realiability [D] All

92. C 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. A 97. B 98. A 99. B 100. A 101. A 102. D
106/272

103. Which of the following is computer language?
-| -. -| -| -|--- . -...
[A] C++ [B] JAVA
[C] C [D] All
104. What is the masurement of computer speed?
-|--- .-| .. .. .-
[A] MIPS [B] SIS
[C] SPSS [D] MMB
105. The development period of first generation is......
~- --. ---- .-| |- - .. -.. ~.|
[A] 1955-1965 [B] 1965-1975
[B] 1945-1954 [D] None
106. The development period of second generation is........
.| ~- --. -|--- .-| . -. -.........
[A] 1955-1963 [B] 1955-1965
[C] 1945-1967 [D] None of above
107. The development period of third generation is........
| ~- --. -|--- .-| . -. -.........
[A] 1975-1985 [B] 1965-1975
[C] 1948-1988 [D] None of above
108. Which generation computer are using today?
--. -.-| ~- --. -|--- . ~.~ .-|-. .-
[A] First [B] Second
[C] Third [D] Fourth
109. In first generation which electronic component is used?
c | ~- --. -|--- .. --. -. ||-- .---| .-|- -| c-|
[A] Transistor [B] Vacuum tube
[C] IC [D] None
110. Which of the electronic device is used in second generation?
| ~- --. -|--- .. --. -. ||-- .---| .-|- -| c-|
[C] VLSI [D] MLSI
111. In third generation computer......... is used.
| ~- --. -|--- .. --. -. ||-- .---| .-|- -| c-|
[A] IC [B] Vacuum tubes
[C] Transistor [D] LSI
112. The Size of the fourth generation computer is reduced to laptop or
Palmtop computer due to?
-| .. +....- -. || ~- --. -|--- .- -- .| ~- ..| ~ . -.- -
[C] VLSI [D] None
113. Super Computer is still in......... generation.
-|--- . c............. ~- -. .
[A] First [B] Second
[C] Third [D] Fourth

103 D 104.A 105.C 106.B 107.B 108.D 109.B 110.A 111.A 112.C 113.D

107/272

114. The electronics device technology that from the base of second
Generation computer.
| ~- --. -|--- .-| ~.-......... -. ||-- .-- -|- c-|.
[C] IC [D] None
115. The VLSI designed computer associated with the ............... generation.
VLSI............~- --. -|--- . -.. -~.- .
[A] Third [B] Forth
116. ......... Were used for hardware implementation in the first
Generation computer system.
c | ~- --. -|--- .. c.. --||-. - .. ............. -| .-|- -| c-|.
[A] Vacuum tubes [B] Transistor
[C] IC [D] None
117. Super computers are primarily useful for.........
-|--- . ..-- |- .............. .-|-| .
[A] Input-Output intensive processing
[B] Mathematical intensive scientific applications
[C] Data retrieval operations
[D] None of these
118. The gigantic work of simulating the airflow around an entire aircraft can
only be done by using.................. (~- .-. .. --. -|--- .-| .-|- -.. ~. .)
[A] Micro Computers [B] Mini computer
[C] Super computer [D] None
119 . ........... invented a first Machine, which allowed a user to perform
additions and subtraction.
.............. ~ . ~ . |--| |- -| ~. .-|---. .~. ~- .-.-| -| --..
[A] John Napier [B] Charles Babbage
[C] Blaise Pascal [D] Hermann Hollerith
120. What are the computers called, which are small enough to be kept in the
hand called? (--. -.-. -|--- . ~ .. -.-. - ~ - c.. .| -.- )
[A] Plamtop [B] Laptop
[C] Desktop [D] Handtop
121. Which of the following is the latest and most powerful chip used in the PC?
-. -.. | - ~|- ~.- |-- ~- ~|- . | - ~ ||. .-
[A] Pentium 1 [B] Pentium IV
[C] Pentium XX [D] Pentium X
122. What is the name of the series of laptop computers manufactured by IBM
called?
IBM a.. - -. -.. ~. . .| ---- .-| ||.- -c .. ~.
[A] Laptop [B] Think Pad
[C] Antia [D] Notepad
123. Macro media is a name of a company related with ...........
.- |-|.|-. -.-| - -| ............. . -~.-
[C] Periperals [D] Services
114. A 115. B 116. A 117. B 118. C 119. C 120. A 121. B 122. B 123. B
108/272

124. Which of the following cables can transmit data at high speeds?
-| -..| -. -|.. .|c-|- -- - . .-|. -
[A] Coaxial Cable [B] Optic Fibre Cable
[C] Twisted pair cable [D] UTP Cable
125. SCSI is a term related with?
SCSI -|-| . -~.- |
[A] Storage [B] Network Data Transfer
[C] Keystroke Rate [D] Picture resolution
126. Plotter is an example of...... (|. ~ ........ - .-.c .)
[A] Input Device [B] Output Device
[C] Both A & B [D] None of the above
127. The extension given to the paint file is.........
-. -.- ~... ~. ~ --. --......... .
[A] .doc [B] .txt
[C] .bmp [D] .rtf
128. What is the extension of sound file?
..-. -.- ~ --. -- --
[A] .avi [B] .ppt
[C] .bmp [D] .wav
129. What is the name of the software that allows us to browse through web
pages called?
... a.. ~-| .-|- -. .. -| .--| ~.-. |-. - -.
[A] Browser [B] Mail Client
[C] FTP Client [D] Messenger
130. The earliest calculating device is........
| | c - --- .| - .-- ......... .
[A] Abacus [B] Clock
[C] Difference Engine [D] None of these
131. The man who built the first Mechanical calculator was.....
............. ~ | |--|- - --- . - -. -- c- .
[A] Joseph Marie Jacquard [B] John Mauchly
[C] Blaise Pascal [D] Harward Aliken
132. Punched cards were first introduced by........
Punched cards c |. ......... a.. -... ~.-- .
[A] Power [B] Pascal
[C] Jacquard [D] Herman Hollerith
133. Computers built before the First Generation of computers were.
:|-. ---- . --. - c .-. ---- ............ c-..
[A] Mechanical [B] Electro machanical
[C] Electrical [D] None of these
134. The Analytical Engine developed during Fist Generation of computers
used....... as a memory unit.
:|. - . ---- . ~ -. .|- ~ -- | -|- ........ -| .-|- -- c-
[A] RAM [B] Floppies
[C] Cards [D] Counter Wheels

124.B 125.A 126.B 127.C 128.D 129.A 130.A 131.C 132.D 133.B 134.D

109/272

135. You might find all of the following peripheral ports on a personal computer
except?
-| -.. | --. -.-. . . - -|--- .. c|-. -. -|
[A] USB [B] Serial
[C] Parallel [D] Pass
136. An advantage to a touch screen is.......
. -- |--. -.--| ....... .
[A] It is natural to touch things [B] It is not a stirring as keyboard input
[C] It uses little screen space for each choice
[D] None of these
137. Mainframe computers have ability for........
-- -|--- .- ......... .--.- ..|--.) .
[A] Multi user and multi tasking [B] Handle large amount of data
[C] Protect a file with password [D] All of these
138. Key board is ............... type of device.
-| |. - . -.- .|.
[A] Input [B] Pointing
[C] Output [D] Sound
139. All arithmetic and logical processing is done in........
-. ~ -.-| -.|-|- ~- -.-| - |- -.~|...... . .- .
[A] CU [B] CPU
[C] ALU [D] NONE
140. To delete the character right side of the cursor which key is used....
- -| ~| .~-. ~. .||. -~. .. ........ -| .-|- .- .
[A] Inst [B] Del
[C] backspace [D] Home
141. To delete the character towards left side is........
..| .~ -. ~. .||. -. .. ......
[A] backspace [B]Del
[C] Inst [D] Home
142. In keyboard the function of which type of keys changes according the
Software.
-| |. -| - -|- -.- |-. -. ~.-. -.-
[A] Alphanumeric key [B] Function key
[C] Numeric key [D] None of these
143. To enter the number a special key slot is given on the keyboard which
is.
- ~ -. -. .. -||. . ~... ~. - - -| ......
[A] Alphanumeric key [B] Numeric key pad
[C] Function key [D] None of these
144. About numeric key pad which statement is false?
-- |- -| .- -.-. .|- -- -. . -. |.
[A] It contain 0 to 9 numbers [B] It contain enter key
[C] It contains symbols+-* [D] It contain alphabets

135.D 136.B 137.D 138.A 139.C 140.B 141.A 142.B 143.B 144.D

110/272

145. If num lock key is on the keys on numeric key pad act as.
~| num lock key ~|- c|- -| -- |- -| ...........-|- -.- - .
[A] Number only [B] Arrow key only
[C] Curser keys only [D] None of the these
146. To move curser beginning of line which key is used?
- - .--. ,~.-. .. .. - -| -| .-|- .-
[A] End [B] Home
[C] Pgup [D] Pgdn
147. To move curser end of line which key is used?
- - .--. ~ -. .. .. - -| -| .-|- .-
[A] End [B] Home
[C] Pgup [D] Pgdn
148. To move the curser one screen down?
- - ~ - --| - -| .. .. - -| -| .-|- .-
[A] End [B] Home
[C] Pgup [D] Pgdn
149. To insert the character in word which key is used?
-. ~ - ~. . . - -| -| .-|- .-
[A] Insert [B] Home
[C] Delete [D] Pgdn
150. To move cursor five spaces in one keystroke which key is used?
- - ~ - . . ~. ~ .| ~--. |.. .. - -| -| .-|- .-
[A] Insert [B] Tab
[C] Shift [D] Ctrl
151. If Num lock key is off the keys on numeric key pad acts as.....
~| - |- -| - c|- -| -- |- -| .......... -|- -.- - .
[A] Numbers only [B] Function key
[C] Curser key [D] None
152. The speed of CPU measured in......
||- -| .. ...... . .- .
[A] Hz [B] Bytes
[C] Sec [D] KBPC
153. If caps lock key on then........
~| - -|- -| . c|- -|.......
[A] Small letters are printed [B] The lowercase letters are print
[C] Capital letters print [D] None of these
154. If caps lock key is on and any character is pressed in combination with
sift key.......
~| - -|- -| . c|- ~- -| - |-. . -.. ~. -|.......
[A] Small letters are printed [B] The upper letters are print
[C] Capital letters print [D] Both A & B
155. Alt. Ctrl & Shift keys are the type of........
Alt. Ctrl & Shift keys ......... -.-| -| .
[A] Combination key [B] Alphanumeric key
[C] Arrow key [D] None of the above

145.A 146.B 147.A 148.D 149.A 150.B 151.C 152.A 153.C 154.D 155.A

111/272

156. Which of the following is Impact printer?
-| -.. | -- - -. |-.
[A] Dot matrix printer [B] Inkjet printer
[C] Laser printer [D] None of the above
157. The Quality of impact printer is decided by........
- -. |-.-| -||.|.......... . ---| -.- .
[A] DPI [B] PPI
[C] MPI [D] None of the above
158. Which of the following dot matrix printer is high quality printer ?
-| -.. | -- .|. . |. |-. .- - -. -.- |-.
[A] 9 pin [B] 12 pin
[C] 18 pin [D] 24 pin
159. To draw the architectural drawing and graphics which device the
following is set ?
~.-| . - .| - ~- - .-|- - -. -. .. -| -.. | --. .---| .-|- .-
[A] Printer [B] plotter
[C] Scanner [D] None of the these
160. The process that transfer data in to useful information is called....
~,| .|c-|. . .. . .-- -. .. -| |- -. -c .- ......
[A] Microprocessor [B] Processor
[C] Processing [D] None
161. The CPU access each location in memory by using unique number
called..........
||- . c . - - |- -- ~. . - -|- - - ........ -c .
[A] Memory address [B] Data address
[C] Data bus [D] None
162. ....... works only in text mode.
......... --. . . |.. -.- - .
[A] Esc key [B] Print screen key
[C] Scroll lock key [D] Pause key
163. In the following device........... is a plug and play device.
-| -.. |.......... -- ~- - .|. .
[A] Printer [B] Zip drive
[C] Key board [D] Scanner
164. To use numeric key pad on keyboard you must turn on............. key .
-- |- -| .-| .-|- -. .. -| |. . -~|-.- -. ........ -| ~|- -| . .
[A] Num lock [B] Caps lock
[C] Scroll lock [D] None
165. The Indicate where the character you type will appear on screen?
........... -. - - ~ ~. .. -| | - -- |- --. - .
[A] Cursor [B] Space key
[C] Scroll key [D] None
166. Between CPU and mouse the communication is from......
||- ~- .. --| - ..... a.. .- .
[A] Mouse to CPU [B] CPU to Mouse
[C] Both way [D] None

156.A 157.A 158.D 159.B 160.C 161.A 162.D 163.C 164.A 165.A 166.A
112/272

167. Full form of the CPU is..........
||- - ,-......
[A] Computer Processing Unit [B] Control Processing Unit
[C] Central Processing Unit [D] Combine Processing Unit
168. CPU reads the information from secondary memory...........
||- --.| |. | .|c-| ....... .
[A] Directly
[B] First, Information is transferred to main memory and from there, the CPU
reads
[C] Through registers
[D] None of these
169. A Laser printer uses....... ( |-......... .-|- - .
[A] Raster scan [B] Camera lens
[C] Heat Sensitive paper [D] None of these
170.These print to file option creates........
|-. . -. |--........ -. -. .
[A] .txt [B] .bak file
[C] .prn file [D] .doc file
171. Scanner is an........ (-- - ~ ~ -............ .)
[C] Primary Memory [D] None of the above
172. CPU stands for.........
||- ......... .. c|- .
[A] Controlled Processing Unit [B] Central Program Unit
[C] Central Processing Unit [D] Central Progress Unit
173. Dot Matrix Printer is........
.|. . |- |-. ~ ....... .
[A] Thermal Printer [B] Impact Printer
[C] Laser Printer [D] Ink-jet Printer
174. A terminal consists of a key board, Monitor and Communication facility
is called...
-||. |-|. ~- ~|..-| -.-. -.-. .| -- .......... -c .
[A] Dump Terminal [B] Smart Terminal
[C] Intelligent Terminal [D] None of the above
175. Which of the following is the least expensive printer?
-| -.. | -- |-. | | ~| . ~
[A] Inkjet [B] Laser
[C] DotMatrix [D] Thermal
176. The quality of the printing depends on........ Capacity of the printer.
|-.| --| |-. |-.-|......... .-. ~.-. . .
[A] BPS [B] DPI
[C] DTP [D] RAM
177. Dot matrix printer is an example of.........
.|. . |- |-. ~ .......... - .-.c .
[A] Line Printer [B] Serial Printer
[C] Inkjet Printer [D] Laser Printer

67.C 168.B 169.A 170.C 171.A 172.C 173.B 174.A 175.C 176.B 177.B
113/272

178. What are the units used to count the speed of a printer.
|-.-| ..-| --| -. .. --. ~ --| .-|- .-
[A] CPM [B] DPI
[C] PPM [D] BIT
179. Which of the following is a term related with scanners?
-| -.. | -- - . -~.-
[A] Laser [B] TWAIN
[C] Catridge [D] Media
180. Cursor is a............ (- ~ ....... .)
[A] Pixel [B] Thin blinking line
[C] Pointing device [D] None of these
181. When a key is pressed on the keyboard, which standard is used for
converting the keystroke into the corresponding bits?
~-. -||. - -.. ~. -. ,. - -. -- -| .-|-|
[A] ANSI [B] ASCII
[C] EBCDIC [D] ISO
182. Which device is used as the standard pointing device in a Graphical User
Environment ?
- .-|- - . ~ -.- -. .. -- -..-.. .-.| - .|. .-|-|
[A] Keyboard [B] Mouse
[C] Joystick [D] Track ball
183. QWERTY, home keys are the terms of.........
QWERTY, home keys ~ ...... -| .- .
[A] Keyboard [B] Internet
[C] Printer [D] Word Processor
184. Which of the following is a part of CPU?
-| -. -| -| ||- -| -.-
[A] Input device [B] ALU
[C] Output device [D] Hard disk
185. Computer is a system including........
-|--- . ~ | |-. ~ ......... -. .
[A] CPU, input, monitor [B] Input, floppy and output
[C] Keyboard, mouse, monitor [D] None of the above
186. Mouse is the type of device.
.. - . -.- .|.
[A] Input [B] Pointing
[C] Scanning [D] None of the above
187. Which of the following is input device.
-| -.. | -- - . .|.
[A] Speaker [B] Printer
[C] Plotter [D] Scanner
188. .......... is called the brain of computer.
....... - -|--- .-. -~ -|- ~|~.. ~. .
[A] Mouse [B] Keyboard
[C] CPU [D] Memory

178.C 179.B 180.B 181.B 182.B 183.A 184.B 185.A 186.B 187.D 188.C

114/272

189. A document or image can be scanned in to digital form by using.
.|-- -. - ~- -| -.. | --. .---| -- . -- - -| -.-
[A] Scanner [B] Printer
[C] Light pen [D] Marker
190. used to control the processing of the computer is called?
|- -.- - .| -. .. -|--- .........-| .-|- - .
[A] ALU [B] CU
191. Which unit generates the timing signals for the execution ofcommands?
-- ~ - ~ -.|-- . -. ..-| -.-. -.
[A] CU [B] MU
[C] CPU [D] MPU
192. The input devices are connected to CPU by using.........
||- -| .-|- -|- - . .|......... . ~|..- .
[A] Input port [B] Output port
[C] Net port [D] None
193. The Output devices are connected to CPU by using.........
||- -| .-|- -|- ~... . .|......... . ~|..- .
[A] Input port [B] Output port
[C] Net port [D] None
194. Pick the odd of list.
-| -.. | - -| - c|- - | |-- - -|.
[A] OCR [B] Keyboard
[C] Mouse [D] Printer
195. The Printers used impression technique for their printing are called?
-| -.. | -- |-. - - -|--| .-|- -
[A] Impact printer [B] Non impact printer
[C] Spray printer [D] None of the above
196. The word resolution is related........ (. |.|-- - ...... . -~.- .)
[A] Monitor [B] Cable
[C] Mouse [D] None
197. The most common input output device is.........
| | -|- - . ~... . .--........ .
[A] Camera [B] Keyboard
[C] Mouse [D] MODEM
198. All computer recourses are managed by.
-. ~ -|--- .-. ||| . ....... . - ~ .- .
[C] CU [D] ALU
199. The actual manipulation of data takes in...(.|c-|- -...... - .)
[A] ALU [B] CU
[C] MU [D] CPU
200. Display card is used to redirect data to.
. .. |..- -. -. .. .|-- -.. ~,| .
[A] Printer [B] Monitor
[C] CD Rom [D] None
189.A 190.B 191.A 192.A 193.B 194.D 195.A 196.A 197.D 198.C 199.D 200.B
115/272

201. Which of the following is standard output device.
-| -.. | -- -..-.. ~... . .|. .
[C] Monitor [D] Mic
202............ Unit is in between input and output device of computer.
-|--- .-. - . ~- ~... . .|. - ......... ~ - c.- .
[A] Printer [B] CPU
[C] ROM [D] None
203. Which of the following is input devices.
-| -.. | -- - . .|.
[A] Speaker [B] Printer
[C] Monitor [D] Mic
204. All arithmetic and logical operation are executed under........... Block.
-.~ -.-| -.|-|- ~- -.-| - |- -. ......... |- -| .- .
[A] CU [B] CPU
[C] ALU [D] None
205. Mouse and printer these device si are came under.
.. ~- |-. -| -.. | --. ~|--. . .
[A] Input & output respectively [B] Output & Input device
[C] Processing device [D] None
206. Monitor access data from.........
|-|. .|c-|- ........ . | ~.-~ -. .
[A] Magic I/O card [B] Display card
[C] NIC [D] FAX
207. SMPS stands for....
SMPS ~ . .........
[A] Switch Mode Power Supply [B] Simple Mode Power supply
[C] Switch Mode Power Supply [D] None of the above
208. Software is collection of.............
|-. ........ -| c .
[A] Hardware [B] Information
[C] Program [D] All above
209. The software available in computer system can be categorized into two
categories.
-|--- .. c . |-. -| ~-| - . -|. c|- .
[A] Hardware & Software [B] System & software
[C] System & user [D] System & application
210. The term refers to the part of computer to which you can touch.
-|--- .-| ~ | -.- - ~ - ~. ~.| -|~ |~ .
[A] Software [B] Program
[C] Hardware [D] Virus
211. Assembler, linker, compiler interpreter are the type of.
~ -, |-, - ., -. |. - ........ -. .
[A] Application software [B] System software
[C] User [D] None of the above

201.C 202.B 203.D 204.C 205.A 206.B 207.A 208.C 209.D 210.C 211.B
116/272

212. ......... printer create image directly on paper by spraying ink through tiny
nozzle
.......... |-. -~| a.. . |-| ~ -. .
[A] Dot matrix [B] Laser
[C] Inkjet [D] Line
213. The main part of CPU are...... (~ ||- -| - -.- .)
[A] Arithmetic and logic unit [B] Central processing unit
[C] Control unit [D] All the above
214. The term......... Refers the set of electronics instruction that tells the hardware
what to do.
c.. - -- -.- - - -| ~.-....... . c . -.| -|- .|c-|-. . | ~.| -.- .
[C] Data [D] None of the above
215. The touch screen monitors accepts input directly through.
. --| - |-|. - .- |-......... | -|-. .
[C] Monitor [D] Printer
216. External device such as those used for input and output are connected via.
- . ~- ~... .- ~|.-. ...--|- ~|... ~. .
[A] Keyboard [B] Port
[C] Mouse [D] Monitor
217. .......... Performs the actual calculations in computer system.
......... c-|--. -|--- . |-.. --|- -.- - .
[A] ALU [B] Control Unit
[C] RAM [D] ROM
218. Add, Subtract, Divide, Multiply and logic operations are performed by.
.~., .-.-|, -.-.-., - .-. ~- -.|- - |- -.~|......... a.. -.. ~. .
[A] Registers [B] Control Unit
[C] ALU [D] None of the these
219. Hardware that adds two numbers is........
c.. - ~ ~. -.. . - ....... .
[A] The control Unit [B] Arithmetic and Logical Unit
[C] An interal CPU register [D] None of the these
220. Which following is not a part of Computer Hardware?
-| -.. | -|--- . c.. -| --| -.- -|
[A] Keyboard [B] CPU
[C] Operating System [D] Motherboard
221. .......... Directs all the components of computer and ordinates the entire
Computer System.
......... -|--- .-. - - -.-- .-- - ~. ~- ~.. -|--- . |-. . . -~ .
[A] Primary Memory [B] control Unit
[C] Arithmetic & Logical Unit [D] None of the above
222. Joy stick is an example of.........
~|--.|- ~ ~ -............ - .-.c .
[A] Input Device [B] Output Device
[C] Primary Memory [D] Secondary Memory

212.C 213.D 214.B 215.C 216.B 217.A 218.C 219.B 220.C 221.B 222.A
117/272

223. Which among the following is not a pointing devices?
-| -.. | -- |-.| - .|. -|
[A] Mouse [B] Joystick
[C] Printer [D] Light pen
224. MICR is?
~ ~.|~. ~ .
[A] Output Device [B] Input Device
[C] Secondary Storage Device [D] None of the above
225. Central Processing Unit (CPU) can be compared with.......
-. || - - |-. ||- ) -| .|....... . -| -.-.
[A] Keyboard [B] Brain of Human being
[C] Computer Screen [D] Printer
226. The main component of a computer is..............
-|--- .-| - -.- ........ .
[A] Storage Device [B] Input Output Device
[C] Processing Device [D] All of the above
227. Which is not a Software?
-| -.. | -- |-. -|
[A] Paint [B] Scanner
[C] Logo [D] Word pad
228. Which of the following is hardware?
-| -.. | -- c..
[A] Sound card [B] Word
[C] Internet [D] Logo
229. ............... device is used for input device.
........... ~ .|. - . |.. .. .- .
[A] Scanner [B] Laser Printer
[C] Inject Printer [D] VDU
230. What is the name of the device which provides electricity to the
computer if suddenly the electricity goes off?
~| ~.-- -.||.| - ~.- -| -|--- .- -. ||.| | ..-. .--- -. ~.|.
[A] UPS [B] CPU
[C] MODEM [D] SMPS
231. Through......... we can send letters from one computer to another.
........... a.. ~.- ~ - -|--- . | |~. -|--- . | |-| -|~ |~ .
[A] FTP [B] Web Browser
[C] E-Mail [D] URL
232. Keyboard and mouse both are input device, but by what name is the
mouse recognized in relation to its function ?
-|. . ~- .. - - . |.. , - - -. -.- - ~-.|- .. --. -. ~. ~.-
[A] Pointing Device [B] PASointing
[C] Paint Device [D] Paint
233. .........holds text and graphics temporarily that have been cut or copied.
-. ~- -. | -.- . --. ~- - .|--- ............. -| ~.~| . .
[A] Clip board [B] Mother board
[C] Notice board [D] None of these

223.C 224.B 225.B 226.D 227.B 228.A 229.A 230.A 231.C 232.A 233.A
118/272

234. Which of the following is not an output device ?
-| -.. | -- ~... . .+- -|
[C] Flat Screen [D] Touch Screen
235. Part of the Central Processing Unit. ( -. . | - - |-.-. -.- .......... .)
[A] ALU [B] JCL
[C] MSB [D] None
236. Which one of the following is as input device?
-| -.. | -- - . |..
[C] Loud speaker [D] Plotter
237. The software used to control the computer & run programs.
-|--- .- - . . -. ~- . - .- - -. ............... -. -. .-. - .-
[A] Application software [B] System Software
[C] Games [D] Virus
238. The most usable input devices ......... . (. | -. .-. -| - . |.. ........ .)
[C] Joystick [D] Scanner
239. Which of the following device mostly used in games ?
-| -.. | --. .---. .-.- -. -| -.-
[A] Joystick [B] Printer
[C] Scanner [D] OMR
240. Video Display is related to.............
||.-. |.- .............. -~.- .
[A] Output [B] Input
[C] Both A&B [D] None
241. Which of the following is used as input as well as output device ?
-| -.. | --. .---. .-. - - . -~ ~... . .-- -|- -| -.-
[C] Monitor [D] None
242. Which of the following is not an input device ?
-| -.. | -- - . .|. -|
[A] Keyboard [B] Scanner
[C] Printer [D] Joystick
243. Which of the following is output device?
-| -.. | -- ~... . .|.
[C] Light pen [D] Printer
244. Operating system is the best example of.
~. .| - |-. ............. - .-.c .
[C] Operating System [D] Hardware
245. The software designed for accountant is...........
............~ -..-. .. - -. -.. ~. . -. .
[C] Operating System [D] Hardware

234.D 235.A 236.A 237.B 238.A 239.A 240.A 241.D 242.C 243.D 244.B 245.A
119/272

246. Windows 95/98NT is a...............
|-.. . 95/98/NT ~ .............. .
[A] Operating System [B] Program
[C] Compiler [D] Assembler
247. Operating system is installed in...................
~. .| - |-. ................. --.. .- .
[A] Hard disc [B] Chachi memory
[C] Mother board [D] None of the above
248. Which of the following is not an operating system?
-| -.. | - ~. .| - |-. -|.
[A] DOS [B] Linux
[C] Oracle [C] Windows
249. The user protection feature of an Operating System is required in.
........... ~. .| - |-.. - . |. -- .-| ~, c .
[A] Single user system only [B] Multiuser System Only
[C] Both A & B [D] None of these
250. The single user operating system have.
| - - . ~. .| - |-.- .................c. - .
[A] Memory Management module [B] Device management module
[C] CPU scheduling module [D] All of the above
251. Operating System is a.........
~| .| - |-. ~ ~ -....... .
[A] Application Software [B] Programming Language
[C] System Software [D] None of the above
252. Which cable is used to connect your Television Set with Cable TV
Operator ?
-.| .|.|. .- - .|.|. ~| . . ~|.. .. --| - .-
[A] Co-axial Cable [B] Fiber Optic
[C] Radio cables [D] None
253. Which of the following is not a type of an operating system ?
-| -.. | - o/s -. -. -|
[A] Windows [B] Unix
[C] Linux [D] ASCII
254. An operating system is............ (~. .| - |-. ............. .)
[A] A collection of programs that enable you to use the machine
[B] Permanently bumed into the memory of your computer
[C] Inaccessible through the tree.
[D] Typically program and data files with textual data.
255. The following is not a M/S Operating System?
-| -.. | - M/S ~. .| - |-. -|
[A] Windows XP [B] Windows NT
[C] Windows MT [D] Windows 98
256. Most I/O devices manufacturers provide one of the following for the
computer OS?
|.. -.--| I/O |.. -.-. - -|~| -| -.. | -- ~ - |-- -|-- . O/S . -. ~.
[A] GUI [B] Default user interface
[C] Device interface [D] Device Driver
246.A 247.A 248.C 249.C 250.D 251.C 252.A 253.D 254.A 255.C 256.D
120/272

257. Software is of the two type Application software and system software.
With the help of software you can do many task below are the software
list identity the system software.
|-. - -. . ~ |--- |-. ~- |-. -| -. . |-.. | -|-| -- a.. - +.
-.- -| -| |.
[A] Operating System [B] Utility Software
[C] Spread sheet, inventory, ms word [D] Operating System, Ms Office
258. Software that are used to make system faster and easy.
|-.- ..| ~- ~ -.. ........... |-. -| .-|- -| -.-.
[A] System Software [B] Package
[C] Application Software [D] None
259. Which of the following is not an operating system?
-| -. -| -| ..- -|- -|
[A] Dos [B] WIindows
[C] Unix [D] VB.net
260. Ram stands for
~ . ..........
[A] Random access Memory [B] Random accelerated memory
[C] Random access mechanism [C] None of the above
261. This is the primary type of memory
~. ~ - .| |-| ~ - -. .
[A] CD ROM [B] EPROM
[C] PROM [D] RAM
262. 1 Nibble equivalent to (~ - -| =...........)
[A] 8 Bit [B] 32Bit
[C] 16 Bit [D] 4Bit
263. The capacity of 5.25 floppy disk is
. -| -|| .|---| o-. - .| ?
[A] 1.2 MB [B] 1.44MB
[C] 1.2 GB [D] 1.2 KB
264. Which of the following is a example of secondary memory
-| -.. | -- --.| |- .-.c ?
[A] Ram [B] MU
[C] Pen drive [D] None of the above
265. Which device is used to read the mark on the paper?
. c .- . . .. --. .---| .-|- .- .
[A] OCR [B] Bar code reader
[C] MICR [D] OMR
266. OCR reads only..........
~||~. --- ........... . .
[A] OCR fonts [B] Hand written matter
[C] Cursive writing [D] None of the above
267.The unit of memory is........
|- ~ - ........... .
[A] Hz [B] Bytes
[C] Sec [D] KBPS

257.D 258.A 259.D 260.A 261.D 262.D 263.A 264.C 265.D 266.A 267.B
121/272

268. Which of the following is programmable ROM.
-| -.. | -- |- . ROM ?
[A] EPROM [B] PROM
[C] E2PRM [D] All
269. The tracks and sectors are related with.
. - ~- -. ............. . -~.- .
[A] CPU [B] Printer
[C] Disk [D] Scanner
270. Floppy disk and hard disk are.
-|| .|-- ~- c.. .|-- .......... .
[A] Storage devices [B] Types of scanner
[C] Softwares [D] None of the above
271. If floppy disk is write protected then we can.
~| -|| .|-- .. |. -. . c|- -| ~. --- -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Only read the data [B] Only write the data
[C] Floppy will not access [D] None of the above
272 . ........... store the data when power is off ?
. - .- -. .......... . .. -.| - .
[A] Flash memory [B] Standard RAM
[C] RAM [D] None
273. Normally when power is switched off information stored in........... lost.
..-- |- ~-. . - .- -. .......... . c | .|c-| -..- .
[A] ROM [B] RAM
[C] Hard disk [D] CD
274. ......... are equivalent to 1 MB (...........+ ~ .|.. .)
[A] 1022 KB [B] 1024KB
[C] 1024 byte [D] 1000 GB
275. Data stored in CD ROM. |.||. c . . .. c|- .)
[A] Write once read many [B] Read once write many
[C] Both way [D] None
276. A stand alone computer can not work without.
~ - -. -. ~|- -|--- . -. - -. -- -|.
[A] Floppy disk drive [B] RAM
[C] CD-RAM ```` [D] Printer
277. Data can stored on CD-ROM by using?
|.||. -. a.. . .. -.| .-
[A] CD-Drive [B] CD-Writer
[C] Floppy [D] Copier
278. .......... is fastest memory. (.......... ~ . | ..| | .)
[A] Floppy disk [B] RAM
[C] ROM [D] HDD
279. The double sided double density 5.25 floppy disk can store....... of
data.
. -| -|| ........... . .. -.| - .
[A] 1.2 MB [B] 1.44 MB
[C] 1.2 KB [D] 1.44 KB
268.D 269.C 270.A 271.A 272.A 273.B 274.B 275.A 276.B 277.B 278.D 279.A
122/272

280. How many bits ASCII code?
ASCII -|. - .. |.-|
[A] 7 [B] 8
[C] 7 & 8 [D] 9
281. Normally when power is switched off data stored in........... is never lost.
~-. . - .- -. ........... c . . .. - -. -|.
[A] Chache [B] Hard disk
[C] Ram [D] None
282. Normally LPT1 port is used to connect.
..-- |- LPT1 |. -| .-|- ............ - ~|.. .- .
[A] Printer [B] Monitor
[C] CD- ROM [D] Keyboard
283. The term.......... refers the set of electronic instruction that tells the
hardware what to do.
c.. -- -.- - - -. ~.- ............ c . -. |-|- .|c-|-. . | ~.| -.- .
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] EPROM [D] EEPOM
284. The hardware or physical component of the computer consist of.
c.. ~. -|--- .-. -. |-- .--. ............ . -~.- .
[A] Memory [B] I/O device
[C] Storage device [D] All the above
285. Which of the following can be used as primary memory ?
.| | -|- -| -.. | .-. .-. - -| -.-
[A] Cartridge [B] Optical disk
[C] Hard disk [D] None
286. Which of the following device can be used to input printed text.
|-. . . .- - . -. .. -| -.. | -- .-- .-
[A] OCR [B] OMR
[C] MICR [D] All of the above
287. Main memory stores.........
- | ..................-. - c - .
[A] Data only
[B] Paragraph only
[C] Data Programs and result or any other kind of information
[D] None of these
288. Generally what is the maximum capacity of DVD.
DVD -| ..---. - . - - c .-. - .| c|- .
[A] 4.7 GB [B] 6.2 GB
[C] 71 GB [D] 17 GB
289. A CD-ROM is............ ( |.|. ............ .)
[A] An optical ROM [B] A magnetic ROM
[C] An erasable ROM [D] None of these
290. Storage device may be.................
-.. ~ |.. ..........c. - .
[A] Sequential type only [B] Direct access type only
[C] Sequential type or Direct type [D] None of these

280.B 281.B 282.A 283.A 284.D 285.D 286.D 287.C 288.B 289.A 290.B
123/272

291. Which of the following descriptions related to a floppy disk?
-| -.. | -- - -. | .|-- . -~.-
[A] 9 Track, 16 BPI [B] Double sided, Double density
[C] 33 Mhz, Zero Wait time [D] 40 MB space
292. The difference between memory, and storage is that memory is.....and
storage is.........
| ~- -.. ~ --. --.- ~ . - | ~ . ..........~- -.. ~ ~ . ...........
[A] Temporary, permanent [B] permanent, temporary
[C] Slow, Fast [D] None of the above
293. Which of the following holds the ROM, CPU, RAM and expansion cards?
-| -.. | ., ||- , ~- ~ - -- -.. - -. . -~
[A] Hard disk [B] Floppy disk
[C] Mother board [D] None of the above
294. A floppy disk contains..........
-. | .|--. .............-. . .- .
[A] Circular tracks only [B] Memory register
[C] Magnetic memory [D] None
295. Which of the following is used as a primary storage device ?
-| -.. | .| -.| ~ .|. -|- .-. .-. - .-
[A] Magnetic Tape [B] PROM
[C] Floppy Disk [D] None of these
296. Information retrieval is faster from............
............ | ..| .|c-| ~| -.- .
[A] Floppy disk [B] Magnetic Tape
[C] Hard disk [D] CD-ROM
297. Which following is Computer Software? (-| -.. | -|--- . . -. -- )
[A] Operating System [B] CD- ROM
[C] Memory [D] Modem
298 . Which of the following is not a primary memory?
-| -.. | - .| | -|
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] CD-ROM [D] PROM
299. Capacity of 3.5 size floppy disk is.......... (3.5 ..-| -. | .-. ........ .)
[A] 1.20 MB [B] 1.75 MB
[C] 750 KB [D] 1.44 MB
300. ..........is placed between the CPU and Main Memory
...........~ ||- ~- | - ~. .
[A] CPU Register [B] Catch Memory
[C] RAM [D] None of these
301. Floppy Disk is a............. (-. | .|-- ~ ............ .)
[A] Optical Memory [B] A magnetic ROM
[C] Mental Oxide Semiconductor [D] None of the above
302. Which of the following is a sequential access memory device?
-| -.. | -- |-|- ~ - | .|.
[A] Hard Disk [B] Floppy Disk
[C] Magnetic Tape [D] CD-ROM
291.B 292.A 293.C 294.C 295.C 296.C 297.A 298.C 299.D 300.B 301.D 302.C

124/272

303. Full Form of DVD is..............
.||.|- - -. ............... .
[A] Dynamic Virtual Disk [B] Digital Video Disk
[C] Dynamic Video Disk [D] Digital Versatile Disk
304. DVD is..................
.||.| ~ ........... .
[A] Primary Memory [B] Secondary Memory
305. Today computers are applied in ..........Field of life.
~.~ -|--- . --. .............. . -|-... ~. .
[A] Business [B] Banking
[C] Railway / Air / Bus Resrrvation [D] All of the above
306. Pick the add one out.
-| -.. | ~.- |-- - -. .
[A] Floppy Disk [B] CD-ROM
[C] Hard Disk [D] RAM
307. ................Memory is lost, when computer is switched off.
~-. -|--- . - -| - .. ~. -. ........... | - .- .
[A] ROM [B] RAM
[C] PROM [D] EPROM
308. 1024 Bytes means.............. (1024 ..-. ~ ............)
[A] 1 Giga Byte [B] 1 Mega byte
[C] 1 Kilo byte [D] None of the above
309. To store the information in FDD and HDD ...........is being used.
FDD ~- HDD .|c-|- -.. -. .. ..........-. -. .-.
[A] Electric Field [B] Magnetic Filed
310. .........Information can be stored in one CD- ROM
..........~ .| .|c-| |.|. -c -.| - .
[A] 600 MB [B] 700 MB
[C] 800 MB [D] 1000 MB
311. Which of the following stores temporary memory?
-| -.. | -- . -| | -.| ~
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] Floppy [D] CD
312. .........has the highest memory to store data?
......... - . .. - c -. ..-| | | -. | .
[A] Floppy Disk [B] Magnetic disk
[C] CD [D] Hard disk
313. The full form of the MBPS is.........
MBPS - , -............. .
[A] Mega Bit Per Second [B] Mega Bit Per Second
[C] Mega Byte Per Second [D] Mega Bite Per Second
314. What is the meaning of 1 Kbps? (+ Kbps -| ~ ~.| )
[A] 10 bits per second [B] 100 bits per second
[C] 1000 bits per second [D] 8 bits per second

303.D 304.B 305.D 306.D 307.B 308.C 309.B 310.B 311.A 312.D 313.C 314.C
125/272

315. How many bits should be transferred to a letter S?
S ~. .. - .. |. . .-- -.- .
[A] 4 bits [B] 8 bits
[C] 1 bits [D] 16 bits
316. The smallest piece of information that can be stored in the computer is called.
.|c-|-| -.-.. -.-| -.- - -|--- .. - c -| -.- -- ........ -c .-.
[A] Bit [B] Byte
[C] Digit [D] None of the above
317. The full form of BITs is........
BITs - ,-......... .
[A] Binary Digit [B] Binary Transaction
[C] Byte Digit [D] None of the above
318. Which of the following is the lost storage?
-| -. -| -. .|-- - c- .
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] CD [D] FD
319. In which of the following memory you can write?
-| -.. | - |. - | -. .
[A] CD ROM [B] ROM
[C] RAM [D] Disk Drive
320. Which of the following is not requirement of a multimedia system?
-| -.. | --. |---| ~, -.||.|-. |-. .. -|
[A] 4 MB RAM [B] CD Drive
[C] 75 MHZ Pentium or above [D] Speakers
321. Programs stored in ROM are called........
|. c . |- .- ......... -c .
[A] Hardware [B] Firmware
[C] Software [D] None of the these
322. MDR (Memory Data Register) holds the..........
MDR (Memory Data Register) . ........... c|- .
[A] Segment number [B] Address of memory location
[C] Number of transistors [D] None of above
323. Which number system is usually followed in a typical 32-bit computer?
--. -.-| - |-. ..-- |- |. -|--- . ~-
[A] 2 [B] 10
[C] 16 [D] 32
324. Which of the following devices have a limitation that we can give only
Information to it but can not erase or modify it?
-| -.. | --. .---| ~ | -. -. . - ~ . ~. .|c-| ~.| -|~ |~ - - - - | - -.|
--. -|
[A] Floppy Disk [B] Hard Disk
[C] Tape Drive [D] CDROM
325. .........Destroys the computer data.
......... ~ -|--- .-. . ..- -. - -| -. .
[A] Printer B] DOS
[C] Virus [D] ROM

315.B 316.A 317.A 318.A 319.D 320.A 321.B 322.C 323.A 324.D 325.C
126/272

326. .........is used to exchange information of two computers which are
Connected with telephone lines.
........-| .-|- . |-|- . ~|..- -|--- .-| .|c-|-| ~-.-| -. .. .- .
[A] Scanner [B] Sound Card
[C] Mouse [D] Modem
327. LAN stands for?
LAN ~ . ........
[A] Local Area Network [B] Large Area Network
[C] Learning Aided Network [D] Line Area Network
328. Memory is made up of.......... (|............ | - | c|- .}
[A] Set of wires [B] Set of circuits
[C] Large number of cells [D] All of these
329. Primary memory stores............. ( .| | .......... . -.| .- .}
[A] Data alone [B] Programs alone
[C] Results alone [D] All of these
330. EPROM can be used for.........
EPROM -| .-|- ............. .. -| -.- .
[A] Erasing the contents of ROM
[B] Reconstructing the contents of ROM
[C] Erasing and reconstructing the contents of
[D] Duplicating ROM
331. The contents of information are stored in.............
.|c-|-. +.-| .......... . -.| .- .
[A] Memory data register [B] Memory address register
[C] Memory access register [D] Memory arithmetic register
332. Memory unit is one part of.........
| - |-. ~ ..........-| -.- .
[A] Input device [B] Control unit
[C] Output device [D] Centra Processing unit
333. Which of the following is a valid size of a floppy disk?
-| -.. | -||.|---| - .. .--
[A] 8 [B] 5
[C] 3 [D] 5
334. ......... can used to setup nation-wide network.
- - .. - .- - -|. .. ........ -| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Telephone Cables [B] Microsoft
[C] Satelites [D] Coaxial Cables
335. Which of the following is handy to carry yet can store large amounts of data.
-| -.. | -- .|.. -.~.. ~ - -. -. . .. -.| -| -.- .
[C] CD ROM [D] Zip Disk
336. Which of the following is not a valid capacity of a floppy disk?
-| -.. | -|| .|-- .. -| - .-- .-. -|.
[A] 360KB [B] 720KB
[C] 1.24MB [D] 1.44MB
326.D 327.A 328.C 329.D 330.C 331.A 332.D 333.B 334.A 335.C 336.C
127/272

337. Data (information) is stored in computers as............
. .. -|--- .. ............... -|- .- .
[A] Files [B] Directories
[C] Floppies [D] Matter
338. Which technology is used in a CDROM Drive?
|.|| . .. - -|--| .-|- .- .
[A] Mechanical [B] Electro mechanical
[C] Optical [D] Fiber optical
339. Upper memory block represented as ..................
~ | . - ..........-|- ~ .- .
[A] External Memory [B] Extended Memory
[C] Internal Memory [D] Integrated Memory
340. You save or store a file in computer.
- -|--- .. .............. -. -.. -| -. . .
[A] Directory [B] Desk
[C] Storage [D] Both A & C
341. The smallest possible unit of data is?
. ..-| | -.-| ~ - ~ .
[A] BIT [B] Byte
[C] BCD [D] EBCDIC
342. ......... can used to setup nation-wide network.
- - .. - .- - -|. .. ........ -| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Telephone Cables [B] Microsoft
[C] Satelites [D] Coaxial Cables
343. Usually, in MSDOS, the primary hard disk drives has the drive letter.
..-- |- .|.. .| c.. .|-- . . .. ......... - c|- .
[A] A [B] B
[C] C [D] D
344. Which of the memories below is often used in a typical computer?
Operation?
---- .. ..-- ~+.- .. -| -.. | - |-| .-|- .-
[A] RAM [B] ROM
[C] FDD [D] HDD
345. OCR reads only the character.......
~||~. --- ~ . -| . ~ ....... .
[A] Hand written matter [B] Bar Code Reader
[C] Both A & B [D] None of the these
346. DVD are?
.||.| ~ . ........
[A] Digital verified disk [B] Digital versatile disk
[C] Digital variable disk [D] None of the these
347. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack.
|.-. - . .- . -|. .. .. -| .-|- -
[A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code radar

337.A 338.C 339.B 340.C 341.A 342.A 343.C 344.A 345.A 346.B 347.A
128/272

348. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack.
|.-. - . .- . -|. .. .. -| .-|- -
[A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code rader
349. Which storage device is mounted on reels?
-- - c .-- |- . |.~.-
[C] Magnetic Tapes [D] CDROM
350. Which of the following statement is/are true?
-| -.. | -- / --. |-.- .
[A] Cache Memories are bigger than RAM
[B] Cache Memories are smaller then RAM
[C] ROM are faster than RAM
[D] Information in Rom can written by users
351. In a computer.............. is capable to store single binary bit.
-|--- . .......... ~ |- .-| |. -.| -. .. - .
[A] Capacitor [B] Flip flop
[C] Register [D] Inductor
352. Which of the following are the best units of data on an extemal storage
devices?
-| -.. | -- . | ., ~ -.- -.| ~ .|.- ~ -
[A] Bits [B] Bytes
[C] Hertz [D] Clock cycles
353. Separate read/write heads are required in which of these memory access
Schemes?
-| -.. | -- | ~ - --| ~ - .. -- |. .. c . ~,| .
[A] Random Access [B] Sequential Access
[C] Direct Access [D] None of these
354. A register organized to allow to move left or right operations is called a.....
~ ..| ~- ~-| .~ . .. -| .--| ~. - ........ -. ~|- -.. - .
[A] Counter [B] Loader
[C] Adder [D] Shifter registers
355. In which of the following we can store maximum data?
-| -.. | . -. . .. -.. -| -.-
[A] DVD [B] CD- ROM
[C] Zip [D] Floppy
356. Which of the following have fastest access time?
-| -.. | .| ..| ~ - .. --.
[A] Semiconductor Memories [B] Magnetic Disks
[C] Magnetic Tapes [D] Compact Disks
357. ..................is a semi conductor memory.
................~ | --.-. |
[A] Dynamic [B] Static
[C] Bubble [D] Both A & B

348.A 349.C 350.B 351.B 352.B 353.B 354.D 355.A 356.A 357.D
129/272

358. Which of the following is a read only memory storage device ?
-| -.. | -- |. ~. -|- -- -.. ~ .|.
[C] CDROM [D] None of these
359. DMA stands for................
DMA ~ . ..............
[A] Direct Memory Access [B] Distinct Memory Access
[B] Direct Module Access [D] Direct Memory Allocation
360. Which of the following devices where the data preliminary stored ?
-| -.. | --. .|. . .. ||-| -.. -| -.-
[A] CPU [B] Monitor
[C] RAM [D] Hard Drive
361. When the computer is on which of the following resides in memory at all time?
~-. -|--- . . c. - -. -| -.. | - | c. -
[A] O/S Kernel [B] O/S Shell
[C] O/S interface [D] O/S Server
362. In floppy disk which tab enforces read only technology?
-. | .|--. -- . |. ~. -| -|-- .
[A] Read-Write Head [B] Read Protect Tab
[B] Write Protect Tab [D] Head Tab
363. Secondary Storage refers to...............
--.| -.. ~ ............ - ~- .
[A] processor [b] measure
[c] fetch [d] write back

.

358.C 359.A 360.C 361.A 362.C 363.D
130/272

1. WWW .. -| -.. | --| |.|-| .-
Ans. TCP/IP
2. .-. - -. - -|-| .-|- .-
Ans. Shift + F3
3. ___________ a.. ~ -..-.-| .. -| -.-
Ans. User Account
4. ___________ - .. - |-.
Ans. ~ -|- - |-.
5. | ..-| | -
Ans. RAM (Randam Access Memory)
6. TBIL
Ans. ~ -|- - |-.
7. Pie chart .-. . -..-
Ans. . .. . -..-
8. WWW .. --| - -|--
Ans. HTTP
9. ~||- ~.|-.-.- ~ -.| . -. .. -| -| -
Ans. F1
10. ~ -|- - ~. |- . . -~.- - |- -| -
Ans. - -- -|
11. - .- -. -|-|- .- -c .-
Ans. Node
12. -- --.| |- .-.c
Ans. | . .
13. |-. - .. -.
Ans. 2
14. .... -.
Ans. ~ -|- -- -. ~- -.- -.
15. .- .|-|-. _______ c . - .. ~.-
Ans. 0.5
16. - . ~ -..-. .||. -. --. -|- -.. ~.
Ans. --. | -
17. -- . . . . -|-. ~- - -| .. -. .. .-|-|
Ans. Formating Toolbar
18. -|--- .-. |-. -|
Ans. .- ~
19. Hexamal Decimal -| . - .|
Ans. 16
20. c.. ~- - . - -| -.- --|
Ans. Operating System
21. .|-- -|- ~ - -. --. | .||. .-
Ans. c.. .|--. |
22. -. ||-- .|-- -.- ~ . -.- ~ - ~--.~ | | ~--.~ | - - - - -c .-
Ans. c.| -
23. -- -|--- .- - .- -|
Ans. FAN
131/272

24. _________ ~| .-| .-|- -~ . .. .-
Ans. : -|- ~.)
25. - -.... - | -.-| -|. .-
Ans. |.- ~ .|-
26. |-| - |-. --|
Ans. Byte
27. Display card . ..- - ~--.~ |-
Ans. ||-.
28. |-. _____ . ..- _____ . --. -
Ans. English, Binary
29. .|-- -.- - - -. |--
Ans. All . -
30. . . - .. -. -. c|-
Ans. 4 (Left, Right, First Line and Hanging)
31. -- ... -|
Ans. Google
32. --. ,. -|| -..-| -... .-
Ans. Hexadecimal, Binary and Octal
33. PDF -| .-| -. -|-. a.. - ~- ~ - .- .
Ans. Acrobat Reader
34. .|-- -.. .-..~| .-| ~ - --. --. .|-- .- .
Ans. Normal View
35. SMPS - , -.
Ans. Switch Mode Power Supply
36. . || |. -
Ans. .-.|
37. Control Penal .--. ______ -|-.
Ans. Security
38. .|-- -|- ~ -.| . -.--| .-
Ans. ...

132/272

INTERNET, WEB BROWSERS AND E-MAIL

1. The process of copying files from remote computer to your
Computer is called...........
||. -|--- .. | -.. -|--- .. -. -|| -.-| |--.- ............. -c .
[A] File using [B] Uploading
[C] Downloading [D] E- mail
2. PDF format file can be created and accessed by?
PDF -| .-| -. -|-. a.. - ~- ~ - .- .
[A] Acrobat reader [B] Ms Word
[C] Ms Power point [D] E-mail
3. Buying and selling on the internet is known as.
-.- . . |- ~- c ~|~.. ~. .
[A] e- buiz [B] e- business
[C] e-commerce [D] None
4. Which of the following is not the audio or video file?
-| -..| - ~|.|-| |.|-| -. -|
[A] MP3 [B] WAV
[C] DAT [D] PDF
5. .In http:/?www.msn.com/home.htm which component identify domain?
http:/?www.msn.com/home.htm . | -- +.- .|-
[A] http [B] Home,htm
[C] www D] msn.com
6. Which of the following is not the search engine?
-| -.. | -- ~ -- -|
[A] Google [B] Lycos
[C] Info seek [D] Sinfeer
7. To view web pages you need.
~-. -- ~|. .. -. ............. ~, .
[A] Browser [B] WWW
[C] TCP/IP [D] None
8. UTP & STP are the terms related to.............. .
UTP ~- STP -| --.-. -~.- .
[A] Twisted pair cable [B] Type of protocol
[B] Networks [D] None
9. In star topology to connect \the server and client ......... external device is
used.
-.. .|||. ~- -.--.- ~|.. .. ................. -|-- .---| .-|- .- .
[A] Router [B] Modem
[C] HUB [D] Gateway
10. E-mail is................ ( ................ .}
[A] Mail concerning electronic device
[B] Transaction of letters, messages and memos over a communication
network.
[C] Transaction of massages within a computer
[D] None of these
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. A 9. C 10. B
133/272

11. The first primary network developed by US Defense Department was called.
- ~ .|- - a.. - -. -.. ~. c .-| - .- c- .
[A] DARPAnet [B] ARPANet
[C] NSFNet [D] MILnet
12. Web site is a collection of.
.. ~ ..............-. c .
[A] HTML Document [B] Graphics Files
[C] Audio and Video Files [D] All of the above
13. In MODEM...............
. . . ................
[A] Several digital signals are multiplexed
[B] A digital signal is converted into Analog signal and Vice-versa.
[C] Digital signal is amplified
14. URL is an abbreviation of ? (URL ~ -.- . - , )
[A] Uniform Resource Locator [B] United Resource Locator
[C] Universal Resource Limited [D] None of the above
15. Which of the following domain is applied to none Commercial Organization ?
-| -.. | |- .|~-|- -.~. .. -- .. -
[A] .com [B] .gov
[C] .org [D] .edu
16. Which of the following is the address of doeac site?
-| -.. | .. ~ - ..- ~ . --
[A] www.doeacc.com [B] www.doeacc.org
[C] www.doeacc.edu.in [D] None of the above
17. The Network connecting computers with each other in a same room, in a
same building, or in a same complex is known as.
~ - ~ ,. , ~ - ~ |-.| -. ~. ~ - ~ -. --.. ~ -|~. . -|--- .- ~. ~.. ~. .
[A] WAN [B] LAN
[C] MAN [D] WOMAN
18. Which of the following is not a type of computer network ?
-| -.. | --. -|--- . - .--. -. -|
[A] LAN [B] WAN
[C] MAN [D] FAN
19. Which of the following isnt topology ? (-| -.. | --. .. . . -| }
[A] Star [B] Ring
[C] Bus [D] Linear
20. Which one of the following is Microsoft browser ?
-| -.. | -- ~ - .- ||-. ...
[A] Internet Explorer [B] Netscape Navigator
[C] Mosaic [D] None
21. WWW stand for ............. (WWW ~ . ..............}
[A] World Wide Web [B] Wok Within Web
[C] World Wide Wan [D] World Wide Work

11. B 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. D 20. A 21. A
134/272

22. FTP stands for.............
~ -.|| ~ . ...............
[A] File Transfer Protocol [B] File Transfer Provide
[C] File Transmission Protocol [D] None
23. Which of the following command is used to transferring the file from your
computer to another ?
-| -.. | --. -.-.-| --| - -.- ~ - -|--- .. | |~. -|--- .. .-. - -. ..
[A] FTP [B] TCP
[C] IP [D] None
24. Which of the following is a vail e-mail address?
-| -.. | -- ~ . .
[A] Rajkapoorcomputer@www. [B] Rajkapoorcomputer@_
[C] Rajkapoor.com [D] Rajkapoorcomputer@yahoo.co.in
25. HTML Stands for..........
HTML ~ . .........
[A] Hyper text markup language [B] High text mark language
[C] Hyper text mark language [D] None
26. The websites allows users to search the data on key wards.
-| |. .-| .|c-| |-. .. ..-| .-|- --. ................ ~ | ~. .
[A] Web browser [B] Search engine
[C] Net engine [D] None
27. BPS Stands for........
BPS ~ . ........
[A] Bit per second [B] Bit per sentence
[C] Bits pass second [D] None of the above
28. An element in an electronic document that is called?
-. ||-- .|-- -.- -- +.- - ~ . .|-- -.. | ~--. . ~|.
[A] Teleink [B] Metink
[C] Hyperlink [D] None
29. Sending messages on internet is called.......
-.- . . |-.- ........... -c .
[A] e-mail [B] e-part
[C] e-message [D] SMS
30. Which of the following file are digital recoded sound file?
-| -.. | - .|. -| . . ..-. -.
[A] Wave file [B] MIDI file
[C] PDF file [D] None
31. The protocol is used to transfer the file from one machine to another machine
on internet is called.
-.- .. ~ - |-. | |~. |-. -. |-.-. .-|-. .-. -|-- ...... -c .
[A] TCP/IP [B] FTP
[C] HTTP [D] PPP
32. LAN transmit signal over?
LAN -. a.. |-- ~
[A] Telephone line [B] Coaxial Cable
[C] Satellite [D] Microwave

22. A 23. A 24. D 25. A 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. B
135/272

33. Each component in the network is called........
- .- -. - - +.-- ......... -c .
[A] Domain [B] Terminal
[C] Node [D] Computer
34. To transmit the information in the form of light pulses...... media is used.
.. --. -| . .|c-| -. .. ......... |.|-.-| .-|- .- .
[A] Fiber optic [B] Coaxial cable
[C] Twisted pair [D] Satellite
35. A device which allows the computer to communicate with the other
Computer using telephone line is.
~ - .-- - ~ - -|--- .- |~. -|--- . . . |-|- .- a.. - -.-| ~ |....... .-- ~. .
[A] Modem [B] HUB
[C] Ruter [D] Gateway
36. E- mail....... ( ........ .)
[A] can not address many user given to first class mail
[B] Does not provide protection
[C] Always uses bridge to send messages in different networks
37. There are the computers on internet that request information are called.
-.- .-. ~. ~ . -.-. -|-- . - ~ .|c-| .. -| |- -. --. c|- ~ - .......... -c .
[A] Servers [B] Clients
[C] Workstations [D] Terminals
38. The communication protocol used by internet is........
-.- . a.. -|-- -|-- .. -| |.|-|-| .-|- ........... .
[A] HTTP [B] FTP
[C] TCP/IP [D] SMTP
39. A host on the internet fined another host by its.........
-.- .- c|-. |~. c|-.- ....... a.. |- .
[A] Postal Address [B] Electronic Address
[C] IP Address [D] All of these
40. Which of the following is not a search engine tool?
-| -.. | -- ~ -- . -|
[A] Hotmail [B] Yahoo
[C] Google [D] Magellan
41. HTTP stands for......... (HTTP ~ . .........)
[A] Hyper Tag Transfer Protocol [B] Hypertext Transmit Protocol
[C] Hypertext Transfer Protocol [D] Hyperlink Transfer Protocol
42. Which of the following is a search engine?
-| -.. | -- ~ --
[A] Google.com [B] Indiatimes.com
[C] bazee.com [D] None of the above
43. Which of the following can we use as a web browser?
-| -.. | ... -|- -- .-|-. -| -.-
[A] Word [B] Internet Explorer
[C] Netscape [D] Excel

33. C 34. A 35. A 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. A 41. C 42. A 43. B
136/272

44. Which is the commonest protocol of internet?
-| -.. | -.- .-| -|- |.|-| --|
[A] ACP [B] TCP
[C] AP [D] TCP/IP
45. Shakespeare@Mosaic.aw.com Mosaic is what ?
Shakespeare@Mosaic.aw.com . Mosaic
[A] User [B] Host
[C] Domain [D] N/W comp
46. Which one of the following is not a popular term in Internet?
-| -.. | --| . ) - -.- . .. -.- -|
[A] WWW [B] E-mail
[C] HTTP [D] NAD
47. To log on the remote computer and surfing on that can be done through?
||. -|--- .. |-~|- ......... -| --| -| - -| -.- .
[A] FTP [B] Telnet
[C] HTTP [D] None
48. In which of following feature is used to store favorite e-mail address in
Your Netscape Navigator browser?
-| -.. | -- . - |. ~ . - -.. - .-- - |-.. -.| -. .. .-|-|
[A] Favorite [B] History
[C] Bookmark [D] None
49. URL is...........
- ~. ~ .......... .
[A] Protocol [B] WWW
[C] Internet Address [D] None
50. ams@doe.emet.in represents.
ams@doe.emet.in -. ...
[A] URL address [B] E-mail ID
[C] Net PC [D] None
51. FTP stands for....
FTP ~ . .....
[A] File transfer protocol [B] Find and transfer protocol
[C] Format transfer prg. [D] None of the above
52. Which is not a web browser?
-- ... -|
[A] Moziac [B] Internet exopler
[C] Netscape navigator [D] Windows explorer
53. JPEG format is the abbreviation used for which type of file ?
JPEG -| .-| .-|- - | -. .. .-
[A] Picture file [B] Document file
[C] Paint file [D] Word file
54. The first page displayed when user first visit the site is called.
~-. - . ..-| c . ~- .............. -c .
[A] Front page [B] Home page
[C] First page [D] None

44. D 45. B 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. A 52. D 53. A 54. B
137/272

55. In Internet the device is used to connect two or more network called.
-.- .. ~. -. - .- - ~|.. .. .-|-. .-. .--- ............ -c .
[A] Router [B] Gateway
[C] HUB [D] Modem
56. The acronym PPP stands for ..................
PPP ~ . ..........
[A] Point to point procedure [B] Point to point protocol
[C] Point to point prompt [D] None of the above
57. MPEG files are
MPEG -. c|- .
[A] Sound files [B] Video files
[C] Movie files [D] All the above
58. The following is used to log on to remote computer.
-| -.. | ||. -|--- .. |-~|- . .. .-|-| .
[A] Telnet [B] HTTP
[C] SLIP [D] PPP
59. Visiting various web sits is called.
+. -.-| ..-| .-.-- .......... -c .
[A] Browsing [B] Hacking
[C] Cracking [D] Uploading
60. The protocol that web client and servers use to communicate with each
other is called......
-.--. ~- ~ -|~. . - -. ~ |---| .-|- - - - .......... -c .
[A] HTML [B] HTTP
[C] URL [D] FTP
61. A Computer in the network which servers only network resources is known
as............
- .- . c -|--- . - ~ --- - .- -. || ~. , -- .............. -|- ~|~.. ~. .
[A] Client [B] Server
[C] Node [D] Peer
62. Sending files with e-mail is called..........
a.. |-.-| -.- ............. -c .
[A] Attachment [B] Files
[C] Send [D] Link
63. Internet is a ............. . (-.- . ........... .)
[A] Line area Network [B] Metropolitan Area Network
[C] Wide Area Network [D] Network of all these Networks
64. There are the computers on Internet that provides information to multiple
Computers is called................
~. ~ . -.- -|--- . - ~ ~ - --. -. -|--- .- .|c-| ~. , ~ - ........... -c .
[A] Servers [B] Clients
[C] Workstations [D] Terminals
65. The first page of any web page is called...........
-| ~-. .-. - .......... -c .
[A] Home page [B] Fist page
[C] Master page [C] Web page

55. A 56. B 57. B 58. A 59. A 60. B 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. A 65. A
138/272

66. You can see a web page of any site on your computer using..........
........... -. .-|-| - -| ..- ~ -.. -|--- .. ~| -| |
[A] Web browser [B] Web Processor
[C] Word Processor [D] None of the above
67. VSNL stands for...............
VSNL ~ . ..........
[A] Vishesh sanchar nigam Ltd [B] Vides sanchar nigam Ltd.
[C] Vishva sanchar nigam ITD [D] None of the above
68. Following software is used to browse to internet under ms window?
|-.|.. -.- .-| .-|- -. .. --. |-. -| .-|- .-
[A] Windows explorer [B] Internet explorer
[C] Site explorer [D] None
69. With the help of which device we can exchange information by connecting
two computers?
-|--- .. .|c-|-| ~-.-| --. .---| --| -| -.-
[A] Printer [B] Sound card
[C] Scanner [D] Modem
70. You can logged in the remote computer through.............
- ||. -|--- .......... -| --| |- -.) - .
[A] Telnet [B] FTP
[C] HTTP [D] None
71. In Internet if we want to go immediate previous web page we have.....
-.- .. ~. -.-.|- ~.-~-. ~ ~ c|- -| ~. ............ -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Back [B] History
[C] Close [D] None
72. Which topology is work under one node fail?
~ - - - . -|. . - .||| -.- -
[A] Star [B] Bus
[C] Ring [D] None
73. It applies in LAN.........
.........~ -. ~. .
[A] Ethernet Network [B] TCT Network
[C] PDT [D] Both A & B
74. Transferring the full page from your computer to another computer is.....
-.. -|--- .. | |~. -|--- .. -- - |-. - - ........ -c .
[A] Uploading [B] Transferring
[C] Downloading [D] None
75. In address ht tp:/www.microsoft.com. HTTP stands for.......
ht tp:/www.microsoft.com. . HTTP ~ . ........
[A] Hyper text transforms protocol [B] Hyper text transfer protocol
[C] High text transfer point [D] None of the above
76. The first ISP in India is.
-.-- c ISP ............. .
[A] BSNL [B] VSNL
[C] MTNL [D] Mantra

66. A 67. B 68. B 69. D 70. A 71. A 72. A 73. A 74. A 75. B 76. A
139/272

77. The first network in the world is.
|- | | c - .- .............. .
[A] ARPANET [B] Nicnet
[C] Web net [D] Wan
78. In networking a combination hard ware and software that links two
Different types of network in is called........
~-. ~ -. -.-. - .- - c.. ~- |-. a.. ~|. c|- ~ - ................ -c .
[A] Router [B] Gateway
[C] HUB [D] Modem
79. Any five which incorporated with sound, picture, text, graphics, together
May be called as?
-| . - ~ ~.~, |-, . ., - .-|-- --. . -. , ~ - ......... -c
[A] Hypertext Document [B] Text file
[C] Compiler [D] None
80. The process of the sending data from one computer to remote computer
on network is called.
~ - -|--- .. | ||. -|--- .. .|c-| |-.-| |- -.- ................. -c .
[A] Browsing [B] Hacking
[C] Cracking [D] Uploading
81. Web document is stored as a text file with the extension?
.|-- -. .. -. -, --. ~ -. -- . -.| .-
[A] .HTM [B] .HTML
[C] Both A & B [C] None
82. In the following topologies which is invalid?
-| -.. | - .||| .| -|
[A] Star [B] Ring
[C] Bus [D] Network
83. The protocol to send the e-mail is.
|-.-| |-- .............. .
[A] FTP [B] SMPT
[C] UTP [D] HTTP
84. A user can get file form another computer on the internet by using.
-.- . .| - . |~. -|--- .. |........ a.. -. ~ .
[A] HTTP [B] SMPT
[C] UTP [D] FTP
85. Which of the following is not the web browser software?
-| -.. | -- ... |-. -|
[A] Internet Explorer [B] Ms- Power-Point
[C] Netscape Navigator [D] Mosaic
86. Which of the following domain is applied to educational Institutions?
-| -.. | .|- -.~| .. -- .| -
[A] .com [B] .gov
[C] .org [D] .edu
87. There are............. Selection in IP Address. (IP ~ . . ............. -.- c|- .)
[A] 3 [B] 4
[C] 5 [D] 6

77. A 78. B 79. A 80. D 81. C 82. D 83. B 84. D 85. B 86. D 87. B
140/272

88. WWW means.........
WWW -| - ...........
[A] World Wide Web [B] Wait Wait Wait
[C] World World World [D] Weather World Web
89. A system of computers, connected to one another, is called a.............
-|--- .-| |-., - ~ ~ -|~. . -~.- , ~- -c ....
[A] Internet [B] Network
[C] URL [D] Web
90. Every web address starts with..........
- - ~ . ......... | , .- .
[A] http: [B] http://
[C] WWW [D] None
91. To send mail to multiple people each email address is separated by?
~ - --. -. --|--- |-| c|- -|, - |-.-|-. .-|- a.. ~ . - ~ - .... ~.

[A] . [B] ,
[C] > [D] ...
92. You can move to the immediate last viewed page by pressing............
- ............ -| -| -.-.|- -. . ~ -| |.
[A] History [B] Search
[C] Back [D] Favorite

88. A 89. B 90. B 91. B 92. C

141/272

MICROSOFT WORD

1. In MS-WORD the easiest way to sent consistent spacing before and after
paragraph of a particular type is to use.........
MS-Word . -| ~ - -.--| c . ~- |- ~ -.......... a.. -| -.- .
[A] Page setup [B] Format paragraph
[C] Word Style [D] Indenting
2. In MS-WORD the line pacing can be change.........
MS-Word . .- - - ~ - .......... a.. -| -.- .
[A] Format font [B] Enter
[C] Format Paragraph [D] None of the above
3. All the formatting of paragraph are stored in.............
- - - .-- -| |. - ................ . - |c- .-
[A] In page setup [B] Format paragraph
[C] File print preview [D] None of the above
4. To specify the space between two lines......... option is used.
.- - -| ~--. ---| -........... |-- .- .
[A] Line spacing [B] Insert row
[C] Insert line [D] Enter
5. Text that justified is..........
~-.|-. - . . ~ . ..........
[A] Adjust to meet both margin [B] Carefully edit
[C] Centered [D] Bold
6. To create the tab leader you can use the...........
Tab leader -.. .. - .......... -| .-|- -| -| |.
[A] Table [B] Format tab
[C] Ruler [D] All above
7. While typing in a paragraph, you will..............
- .- .. --. ---.- - .......... -| -| |.
[A] Press Enter Key at the end of each line
[B] Press Enter Key at the end of a paragraph
[C] Both a and b can be applied
8. Paragraph mark signify............
- .- .- ........... -. .
[A] Beginning of a paragraph
[B] Saving has been done till the marked para
[C] Press of enter key to mark the end of para
[D] Current cursor position in the para
9. To start a new line press.............
-| .- , -. .. .......... -| -| |.
[A] Enter [B] Shift + Enter
[C] Ctrl + Enter [D] None of above

1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A
142/272

10. ........... helps you to control the margins, Paragraph Indention and tab setting
for a document.
.|-- -. c. |-., - .- ~- . -. .|- .. ............. -- - .
[A] Scroll Bar [B] Status Bar
[C] Ruler [D] Page Setup
11. Which key should be pressed to start a new paragraph in MS Word?
. . -| - .- , -. .. ......... -- - .
[A] Down cursor key [B] Enter key
[C] Shift + Enter [D] Page setup
12. To get the rough idea of how your document in MS-Word be printed the
following Menu is selected .............
MS-Word -| -.| .|-- -. -.-~ . - - | .- - -| ~ -.~ -| -.. | .......... - | -.
-.| ~| -.-
[A] File Print Preview [B] View print
[C] View normal [D] Ctrl+ Enter
13. The extension of Word document file is ........ (. .|-- -.- ~ -. -- ....... .}
[A] .doc [B] .dco
[C] .txt [D] .None of above
14. We can set up the margin for. (~. -. .. c. |-| . -| -|~ |~ } }} }
[A] Headers [B] Footers
[C] Both A & B [D] None of above
15. In MS-Word in print dialog box if the print range is given 10 then the result will
be......
MS-Word . |-. ..-|- |-. ~| |-. -~ +o ~... ~. -| |. .......... ~ .
[A] It print pages from 1 to 10 [B] It print pages 10 to last
[C] It will give error [D] It print page 10 only
16. In MS-Word page can be printed in landscape mod by selecting following
menu.
MS-Word . ~- ~.. |-. -.. -| -.. | ............ - -| .-|- .- .
[A] File print paper source [B] File-Print-Properties-Landscape
[C] File Print Preview [D] Print layout
17. If you click on the multiple pages button available on the print preview tool bar
~| |-. |-- . . c -.|- ............... .- . -|- -.. ~.
[A] Your computer screen will show you pages of the document side by side
[B] Your computer screen will show you all the pages one over the other
[C] Your computer screen will show all pages of the document overlapping
each other
[D] Your computer screen will show you all pages of multiple document
stacked separately
18. In the print preview window.......... ( |-. |-- ........... |-.|. .}
[A] You can see the over all appearance of pages or all the pages
[B] You can see where the text falls on the page before it continues on the
next page
[C] You can make adjustment to get the layout as per your requirement
[D] All of above.
10. C 11. B 12. A 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. A 18. D
143/272

19. In the print dialog box of Word, you can selected...............
. . |-. ..-|- |-. | - ......... | -. -| -| |
[A] All pages in range [B] Odd pages
[C] Even pages [D] Any of the above
20. The paper orientation for printing is......... (| -.|- .. -| -. ........ c|- }
[A] Portrait [B] Landscape
[C] Either a or b [D] None of the above
21. In the print preview, the Word document can be edited in ...........
|-. |-- . . .|-- -.- ........... -| -.- .
[A] Normal View [B] Web layout View
[C] Outline View [D] All of above
22. The default page size for word document is ..........
. .|-- -. .. |.-|-. ~ .. ......... c|- .
[A] Letter [B] Legal
[C] A4 [D] None of above
23. In the Print dialog box, the Print to file creates ........
|-. ..-|- |-. , |-. . -. ............. -. - -. - .
[A] .TXT [B] .DOC
[C] .DOT [D] .PRN
24. In Word, Print Preview command is found in which menu ?
. . , |-. |-- -.-. --. - . ~. |
[A] File [B] Tools
[C] View [C] Edit
25. Which of the following are the aliment of print review?
-| -.. | |-. |-- -. +.-| --.
[A] Zoom [B] Next
[C] Print [D] All of the above
26. Using Borders you........ (|. -| .-|- -|- ...........}
[A] can add border above, below or to either side of a cell
[B] Can add singal line or multiple lines, along one side of a cell or around it.
[C] both A & b
[D] None of above
27. While editing the document in MS-word keystroke Shift+Home will move the
insertion point.......
~-. MS-Word-. .|-- -.. - -. -. .. -| |.. | Shift+Home -|-| .-|- -.| -
........ .
[A] On word right [B] End of line
[C] Beginning of line with selection [D] No effect
28. The combination key for Find command in MS- Word is .............
MS-Word. Find -.-.-| |. -. -| ........ .
[A] Ctrl + F [B] Ctrl + F3
[C] Ctrl + S [D] None
29. Which keystroke is used to move to the end of the document quickly?
.|-- -.-. ~-. ..| ~. .. ............. -| -| .-|- .-
[A] End [B] Pgdn
[C] Ctrl + Pgdn [D] Ctrl + end
19. D 20. C 21. D 22. A 23. D 24. A 25. D 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. D
144/272

30. Which of the key delete the character to the right of the insertion point?
- -| ~| -- c . ~.- - -| a.. - -| -.-
[A] Delete [B] Backspace
[C] Home [D] End
31. To select the text from insertion point to end of line............
- - . -.| .-| ,~.-| ~ - -| | -. -. .. .......... -| .-|- .- .
[A] Click to paragraph mark [B] Press Ctrl + home
[C] Press Shift + end [D] Click on selection bar
32. Press the control while dragging and dropping selected text allow..........
- . . -|- ~-. | -. - . .- . -| - ~- . . | - -.. ~. -. ..........-
[A] Delete text [B] Paste text
[C] Make copy [D] Add to clipboard
33. To select a sentence, click anywhere on the sentences while holding
the............
.--- | -. -. .. , -. ~--.~ -|- -|- ........ -|- -.| ... ~. .
[A] Shift [B] Ctrl
[C] Alt [D] Esc
34. To repeat the last editing action press.............
- - . -.. ||. -. .. ............-| .- .
[A] F4 [B] Ctrl + Y
[C] Both A and B above [D] None of these
35. To copy character formatting, press the keys................
- -.- -. .| - -. | -. .. ...............-| -.. ~. .
[A] Ctrl+Shift+C [B] Ctrl+Shift+V
[C] Ctrl+Backspace [D] All of the above
36. The formatting Toolbar option are applied..................
-. .| - . .-. ~. -- ............. -. .
[A] To paragraph selection only
[B] To character selection only
[C] To both character as well as paragraph selections
37. Word text can be made italic by ..............
- ............... a.. ..|- ..) - .
[A] Ctrl + I [B] Ctrl + B
[C] Ctrl + U [D] None of the above
38. In word, you can align the selected paragraph to its right by pressing.
. . | -. - . - .-- ~| .~ ~ .- -. .. ............ . . -. -| .- .
[A] Ctrl +E [B] Ctrl + L
[C] Ctrl + R [D] None of the above
39. Which of the following is not a part of a standard office suite?
-| -.. | --. -.- -..-.. ~.-| .. -|
[A] Word Processor [B] Data base
[C] Image Editor [D] File Manager

30 A 31 C 32 C 33 B 34 C 35 A 36 C 37 A 38 C 39 D

145/272

40. While editing document in MS-Word the color of the selected text can be
changed by........
~-. MS-Word .. -- -.. - -. -.. ~. -. | -. - . --.-. - -. ..
.........-. .-. - .- .
[A] Format font [B] Format text
[C] Format paragraph [D] None of the above
41. From the following which effect can not be changed from font dialog box?
-| -.. | - - -. -. -. ..-. - ... | -| -.- -c|
[A] Title case [B] All caps
[C] Small caps [D] Emboss
42. Font is measured in points how much point is equal to one inch?
-. -. ~. -..) . -.. ... ~. -. . - .. .-.
[A] 24 [B] 72 [C] 36 [D] 48
43. With the print option......... ( |-. ~. -- a.. ...............}
[A] The Entries Document get printed and no option are available
[B] There is no print option on the file menu
[C] You have the option to print any the current page
44. Creating form letter using mail merge involves ................
Letter a.. mail merge -.. ~. -. ...............
[A] Creative main doc. [B] Creative main doc. and data source
[C] Inserting merge field in main doc. [D] Both B & C merge letter
45. A letter, memo, report or other prepared in MS-Word is called ..........
MS-Word . - -. -.- . letter, memo, report - -. ~--- ..........-c .- .
[A] Worksheet [B] Slide
[C] Document [D] Database
46. From the following option does not present in the picture option of insert
menu.
Insert menu -. picture |--. -|-. --| |-- ~. -|.
[A] Auto shape [B] Clip art
[C] From file [D] Object
47. Whenever a word does not fit at the end current line it goes to the starting of
the next line it is called as.
~-. ~ - .-. - - .- ~- - | .--| ,~.-. ~.- - - ............-c .
[A] Paragraph format [B] Auto correct
[C] Word style [D] Word wrap
48. If you click on Undo button ...............
~. - undo .- -|- -. -. ............
[A] It removes old & restore new text [B] It removes new text & restore old
text
[C] It removes character formatting [D] None of the above
49. In MS-Word to appear full form abbreviation automatically we can use.
MS-Word . ~. .. .|-| -. . -. -.- , -. ~. .........-. .-. - -| -|~ .
[A] Auto text [B] Auto correct
[C] Both A & B [D] Drop cap

40 A 41 A 42 B 43 A 44 D 45 C 46 D 47 D 48 B 49 A
146/272

50. Which is the shortcut key to replace the text ?
. .- |- -. .. - . . -. -|-. .-. - -.. ~.
[A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + H
[C] Ctrl + D [D] Ctrl + E
51. Which shortcut key is used to redo action?
Redo .. - . . -. -|-. .-. - -.. ~.
[A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + Y
[C] Ctrl + D [D] Ctrl + U
52. Which shortcut key is used to convert text into capital letters?
-- - |. .. - . .. - . . -. -| .-
[A] Ctrl+Shift+A [B] Ctrl + P
[C] Ctrl + A [D] None
53. From the following which is not the type of toolbar ?
-| -.. | --. . .-. -. -|
[A] Standard [B] Formatting
[C] Mail merge [D] Drop cap
54. Spit option is present under which menu.
Split |-- --. -. ~.
[A] Window [B] File
[C] View [D] Tools
55. Arrange all option is present under which menu?
~ -~ |-- --. -. ~.
[A] Window [B] File
[C] View [D] Tools
56. Which key combination is used for creating new auto text entry ?
-| ~. .. . . ~ -. | -.. - -|-. .-. - ..-
[A] Alt+F2 [B] Ctrl+F2
[C] Alt+F3 [D] None
57. Format painter is used to................
-| . -.-| .-. - ............. .- .
[A] Copy selected text [B] Drew the different shape
[C] Copy the format of selected text [D] None of the above
58. To change the size of document page using .....................
.. -- -.-. ~-| .. -. .. .................|-- .- .
[A] File properties [B] File page setup
[C] Tools option [D] Format paragraph
59. Which of the following cant be selected....................
-| -.. | ...............| -. -| -.- -|.
[A] Selection bar [B] Word
[C] Letter [D] Line

50 B 51 B 52 A 53 D 54 A 55 A 56 C 57 C 58 B 59 A

147/272

60. Which of the following will provides list of synonyms ?
-| -.. | --. |-- .-.| |-. , ..
[A] Find [B] Replace
[C] Thesaurus [D] None
61. Which of the following enable to make multiple changes ?
~ -| -. |- - .. -| -.. | --. |-- .
[A] Find command [B] Replace command
[C] Drag & Drop [D] All the above
62. Which of the following command you always use before submitting the
document to other ?
|~.- .. -- -. ~.-. c . - -| -.. | --. -.-. .-. -. .
[A] Find [B] Replace
[C] Spelling & Grammars [D] Thesaurus
63. Which of the following are commodity find the web pages .......... Used by
~- . -. .. -| -.. | ............. .-|- .- .
[A] Hyperlink [B] Internet
[C] Intranet [D] All the above
64. To set the shading for the paragraph in MS-Word choose ..................
- .-- Shading . -. .. MS-Word . ...............-. -. .- .
[A] Insert shading [B] Format borders shading
[C] View shading [D] All the above
65. Switching between portrait and landscape mode Involve.
~... ~- .-. ~ -. . .. - - ................|-- -~.- .
[A] Print layout View [B] Page setup dialog
[C] Header and footer [D] None of the above
66. By default information stored in a header & footer prints ..................
By default ~ .|c-| -.| - c|- - c . ~- - . ......... | -. .- .
[A] On just first page [B] On just last page
[C] On every page [D] None of above
67. By default inch are reserved for header & footer..............
c . ~- - . .. ......... ---| - .
[A] 10 [B] 02
[C] 0.5 [D] 1.5
68. To activate the office assistant ...... key is used.
~||- ~|-.-.- -.-. |-- -. .. .......... -| .-|-. .- .
[A] F2 [B] F3
[C] F1 [D] F5
69. Bold, Italic, Underline are the part of............Toolbar.
|-., ..|- ~- ~-..- .......... . .-. -.- .
[A] Formatting [B] Standard
[C] Drawing [D] Central

60 C 61 B 62 C 63 B 64 B 65 B 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 A

148/272

70. The extension to the help file is. (c - -.- ~ --. -- ............ .}
[A] .hpl [B] .lhp
[C] .hlp [D] .doc
71. Using the full screen allows you ..................
- -- |--. .-. - ............... ~ - .
[A] Use per designed document for specific purpose
[B] Cancel the change to the document
[C] Display only the document
[D] Display all opened document
72. The maximum zoom percentage in MS-Word is ..............
MS-Word . - . - ............... . - .
[A] 100% [B] 500%
[C] 5000% [D] 400%
73. The date and time command ............... (. . ~- .. -.-. .........}
[A] Insert the date & time you specify [B] Insert current system date & time
[C] Insert last updated date & time [D] None of the above
74. The minimum zoom percentage in MS-Word is ............
MS-Word . ~. .. ~| ................-. . - .
[A] 1% [B] 5%
[C] 10% [D] 2%
75. An application can be opened through shortcut on desktop by ...........
. --.. . c | ~ -|- -- .............. . -. a.. ~. - -.. ~. .
[A] Double Clicking on its shortcut
[B] Right clicking and choosing Open optionIII
[C] Selecting the icon and pressing Entry key
[D] All of the above
76. The first line/bar on the word window where name of the document is.
.. -- -.. c . . | c . . / .-- ...............-c .
[A] First Bar [B] Header Bar
[C] Title Bar [D] None
77. Which of the following is the example of toggle case?
-| -.. -- .. - -- .-.c
[A] TOGGLE CASE [B] toggle Bar
[C] tOGGLE cASE [D] None
78. Creating from letters using Mail merge involves............
-. . a.. .-. - -.. ~. ~ ............ . . .- .
[A] Creating the main document and data source
[B] Creating the main document
[C] Inserting merged fields in the main document and merging the main
document with data source
[D] Both (A) and (B) above
79. Selection of text can be of...................
. .- | -- .............c. - .
[A] Single word or a line [B] a paragraph
[C] complete document [D] all of the above

70 C 71 C 72 B 73 B 74 C 75 D 76 C 77 C 78 C 79 D
149/272

80. If you want to copy a selection of text, which button do you click?
| -. - . ..-| -. | -. --. .--. .-. - .-
[A] Move [B] Copy
[C] Duplicate [D] Cut
81. In MS-Word an already opened file can be closed by clicking on............
MS-Word . ~ c.. -. ~. - - - ........... -|- -.| - -| -.- .
[A] X button on title bar [B] button on the title bar
[C] On the left tip corner [D] None of the above
82. In MS-Word a way of assigning the name to the part of documents so that
they can be easily accessed .............
MS-Word . .. -- -.-. .-- -.-- ............a.. -. ~... ~. . ~ | -|- - -
~-.| .-. -. -.- .
[A] Using caption [B] Using bookmark
[C] File print preview [D] None of these
83. While editing the document Ctrl + would the insertion point..........
.. -- -.. -.. -. .. - - . -.-. ...........- - . . . .-. -. .- .
[A] End of the line [B] One word right
[C] One line right [D] Next page
84. The fastest way to select sentence is...............
|-.-- ..| | -. -. .. ............. .-|- .- .
[A] Shift + [B] Ctrl + Shift
[C] Ctrl + Click on sentence [D] Shift + End
85. To fastest the same information at the top or bottom of each page we use.
~-| .-. . | -| -. -.-. ~ - | .|c-| ~. . .. ~. ............-. .-. - -| -|~
|~ .
[A]Header & footer [B] Hyperlink
[C] Field [D] None
86. Form the following which option is not present in goto dialogbox.
Goto ..-. -|.. -| -.. | --. |-- -|.
[A] Page [B] File
[C] Section [D] Bookmark
87. With the help of break option in MS-Word which cant broken.
MS-Word -. break |-- a.. break -.- -|.
[A] Page [B] Section
[C] Column [D] Field
88. Which is not the type of indent?
-| -.. | --. -. -.-. -. -|.
[A] Left [B] Hanging
[C] First line [D] Center
89. Ctrl + Shift + P is assigned for.................
Ctrl + shift + P ~ ........... .. .
[A] Font size on formatting tool bar [B] Print preview
[C] Print [D] Not assigned

80 B 81 A 82 B 83 B 84 C 85 A 86 B 87 D 88 D 89 A

150/272

90. To move selected text we use...............
| -. - ..- -. .. ............. -. .-. - .- .
[A] Cut, move [B] Cut, paste
[C] Cut [D] Replace
91. Which button is not on formatting tool bar ?
-| -.. | -- ~. -- -. .|- . .. c.- -|
[A] Border [B] Alignment
[C] Font color [D] Redo
92. To close the document in MSWord which option is used ?
MS-Word . .. -- -.- - -. .. -- ~. -- ~... ~.
[A] File end [B] Auto stop
[C] File exit [D] File close
93. Which option is not present under tool menu?
-| -.. | -- ~. -- . - -. c. - -|
[A] Mail merge [B] Auto correct
[C] Language [D] Drop cap
94. To convert The computer into THE COMPUTER which option is used ?
The computer . | THE COMPUTER . -. .. --. ~. ---. .-. - .-
[A] Title case [B] Toggle case
[C] UPPER CASE [D] All caps
95. To convert H2O into H
2
O which effect is used?
H2O . | H
2
O . -. .. - - -.-. .-. - .-
[A] Small caps [B] Subscript
[C] Superscript [D] Lower
96. To select complete paragraph by pointing mouse pointer anywhere in the
paragraph
and ...........
.. . -. . - - .-- | -. -. .. - .-. -. ~--.~ ...........-. .
[A] Triple click [B] Right click
[C] Ctrl+click [D] None
97. To display any option in menu bar you must .........the option.
-.. -. |--- ~. . .. -. ...........|-- -|- - . .
[A] Click [B] Right click
98. To correct the spelling error that word has marked by redwavey line you can
..........the word and then choose the correct spelling from the display menu.
. .- -.-. - .~. -| -- -.. - ...........-| -. ~- | .|-.- - . | ..
- | - - -| -. . .
[A] Click [B] Double click
[C] Right click [D] None
99. Under which menu Page setup appears?
--. - -| ~ .~ ~.
[A] Tools menu [B] File menu
[C] Slide show [D] None of the above

90 B 91 D 92 D 93 D 94 C 95 B 96 A 97 A 98 C 99 B

151/272

100. The dialog box where the words searching capabilities are used is ............
- . -. .. -| .-. ~. c | - ...........-. - . - .
[A] Find [B] Save
[C] Save as [D] Open
101. You can select word by..........
...........a.. - - | -. -| -. . .
[A] Single click [B] Double click
[C] Drag [D] Ctrl+click
102. The toolbar in MS-Word............
MS-Word . c . . . ...........-. .
[A] display the current time [B] display position of cell
[C] Allow to move [D] Provide shortcut for command
103. The insertion point is.............
-- . -. ............ .
[A] The current location of text cursor [B] Where the current font
information display
[C] Where name of document display [D] Where description of button
display
104. You can change the margin by.............
. - a.. - .............. -| -. . .
[A] Dragging scroll box on scroll bar
[B] Checking margin boundaries on ruler
[C] Dragging the margin boundaries on ruler
[D] All the above
105. To make the copy of current document on disk.........
. .. -- -.-| |.-- -. | -. .. ..............- .
[A] Use save command [B] Use save as command
[C] Use copy command [D] None of the above
106. The list in bottom of the file menu...............
-. - -. ~ -. c |-. .............. .
[A] Display last four files you used [B] Display all opened files
[C] Allow to close file [D] None of the above
107. To reverse the effect of the last action you............
-. -.- -| ~ -| ~. ............-.- .
[A] Use the cut command [B] Press del key
[C] Use undo command [D] Use arrange all
108. The window list in window menu..................
|-.-.. -. |-.. |-. ...........
[A] Display last four you use [B] Display all opened files
[C] Allow to close file [D] Both B & C
109. To view all document in one screen..................
~ - ~ -- |-. -. ~ .. -- -.-. -- ~. .............
[A] Use view command [B] Use show command
[C] Use window command [D] Use arrange all command

100 A 101 B 102 D 103 A 104 C 105 B 106 A 107 C 108 D 109 D
152/272

110. You can use the style for............ (-..-. .-. - - .............. -| -. . .}
[A] Format your document [B] Save the file
[C] Delete the file [D] All the above
111. When you indent the paragraph.
~-. - - .-- -. -. -. -. ............. .- .
[A] Push the text out with respect margin [B] Move the text down by one
line
[C] Charge the margin on page [D] Move the text up by line
112. Mark the incorrect statement.
. .. -. . -.- .- -. .
[A] Hyphenation can be done automatically or manually
[B] The hyphenation facility is available in the insert menu
[C] Hyphenation can affect page breaks
113. Identify the incorrect statement.
|.. -. . -.- ~. ~. .
[A] Headers are the ones that are printed on the top margin of the page and
footers are printed in the bottom margin .
[B] Headers and footers normally carry information like page numbers, date,
company name etc.
[C] A single page document will not normally have the header or footer.
[D] Microsoft word will not allow you to have header and footer on a single
page document
114. Which of the following is true in relatior to ClipArt?
-| -.. | -|~.. - -.-. .|- --. - ..
[A] Powerpoint display available pictures in ClipArt
[B] You can use a tool bar button or a placeholder to insert ClipArt
[C] You can recolor ClipArt
115. In MS-Word, what combination of keys do you press to delete an entire word?
MS-Word . - -| a.. . -- .||. -| -.-
[A] Ctrl + Del [B] Alt + Del
[C] Shift + Backspace [D] Shift + Alt +Del
116. Word document can be navigated in
. .. -- -. ...........-. .
[A] Normal View [B] Print layout View
[C] Web layout View [D] All the above
117. In MS-Word, what does double clicking a word do?
MS-Word . -. - . . -|- -.| .-
[A] It deletes the word [B] It select the word
[C] It moves a word to a new location [D] It spell-checks the word
118. The word thesaurus supports ?
. . c .-.| -. - . . -
[A] Synonymous [B] Antonyms

110 A 111 A 112 B 113 D 114 D 115 A 116 D 117 B 118 C
153/272

119. Which of the following is not an option of edit menu?
-| -.. | --. ~. -- ~ .|. - -. -|
[A] Cut [B] Copy [C] Page setup [D] Paste
120. Spelling check is not possible in ........ (......... - | - - -- -| }
[A] Normal View [B] Out line View
[C] Print lay out view [D] None of the above
121. If you click on the undo button......... (~. - undo .- . -|- -. -. .....}
[A] It will remove the new text and restore the original text back
[B] It will remove the old text and remove
[C] It will remove the old text and restore the new text back
122. When you activate the spelling and grammar checker
~-. - - | - ~- - . - ~ -.| . -.. . -. ...........
[A] It display the miss-spelled words in the document
[B] It highlights to miss-spelled words in a dialog box
[C] It allows you to either correct the miss-spelled word manually
123. Word offers certain ways by which you can move around in a document
.. -- -.. . .. . .............. -. .
[A] by scrolling [B] by moving to a specific page
[C] both A & B above [D] None of the above
124. Using Microsoft Words Find and Replace feature you can ...........
Microsoft Words . c Find ~- Replace -. .-. - a.. - ..........-| -. .
[A] Replace both text and formatting [B] replace text of a document only
[C] Replace formatting only [D] replace documents name with a new name
125. In order to change the font and its size, you will..................
-. -. ~- - -| .. -. .. - ................-. .
[A] do it via the font and font size option boxes available on the toolbar
[B] be able to perform both the activities via the font option box only
[C] be able to perform both the activities via the font option box only
126. The automatic page breaks appears as dotted lines across the document in....
......... ~.- ~. .. .|- - - .-. .~| .- a.. ..-- -.. - .- .
[A] Print layout view [B] Normal view
[C] Print preview [D] None of the above
127. In Header and Footer option, one option is not available.
c . ~- - .-. ~. --. ~ - ~|-- c.- -|.
[A] Similar Header and Footer on every page
[B] A missing header on first page but subsequent pages to have a header.
[C] Different headers and footers for odd and even pages.
[D] Varying headers and footer for each paragraph of a document.
128. A vertical line in text area, where we can insert text is called.............
. . ~ |-.. .-| .-, ~-. . . -. -| -.- - - .............. -c .- .
[A] Mouse Pointer [B] Cursor
[C] Cell Pointer [D] None of the above

119 C 120D 121 A 122 D 123 C 124 A 125 A 126 B 127 D 128 B
154/272

129. .............. Types of breaks are available in MS-Word.
Word . .............. -.-. - .-- .
[A] Three [B] Four
[C] Two [D] Seven
130. By default word format your text as........ (. .- default . -. . ....... - c. - .}
[A] 14 Point Times New Roman [B] 12 Point Times New Roman
[C] 11 Point Times New Roman [D] None of the above
131. Word supports text effects.............
. -| -.. | ............. . - -. . . - .
[A] 6 animations of any block of text [B] 4 animations of any block of text
[C] 8 animations of any block of text [D] None of the above
132. A header text appears on........... (c . . . .............-. .}
[A] First page of the document in bottom margin
[B] Last page of the document in top margin
[C] every page in bottom margin
133. A Word 2000 template............. (. 2000 . -- . ............. .}
[A] is useful when you have a document that has formatting requirements for
which no wizards are available
[B] styles that are required for a specific of document.
[C] has boilerplate text that you can modify as per you requirement
134. When you insert a table in a document...........
~-. .. -- -. . . -. -.. ~. -. ...............
[A] Word outlines each cell with continuous lines so that you see the cells
when you work in the table
[B] Word outlines each cell with doted grid line so that you see the cell when
you work in the table
[C] No line is drawn
135. When we cut or copy the selected text, it is saved in memory area called.
~-. | -. - .. -. ~- -. | .- -. ~ | . .- - - ...........-c .
[A] Temporary file [B] Clipart
[C] Clipboard [D] text file
136. Find command is available in.......... (Find -.-. ................. ~. . ~ .}
[A] File Menu [B] Tools Menu
[C] Edit Menu [D] Format Menu
137. The document can be zoomed maximum up to.
.. -- -.- -. - .......... -| -.- .
[A] 100 % [B] 150 % [C] 200 % [D] 500 %

129 D 130 B 131 A 132 D 133 A 134 A 135 C 136 C 137 D

155/272

138. Identify the correct statement. (. |-.- ~. ~. .}
[A] A footer is printed on first page of the document
[B] To select an entire document press Ctrl + D
[C] To open the format menu, short-cut key is Alt+O
[D] Header & Footer command is in Insert Menu
139. You make use of the thesaurus....... (- .............-.| --. .-. - -. . .}
[A] To add precession and variety of your writing
[B] Thesaurus provides synonyms and at times antonyms
[C] it also provides list of related words and different forms of the selected
word
140. Split box is located............. (-|. . . ............. -. .}
[A] Just above the left scroll arrow in the horizontal scroll bar
[B] Just above the right scroll arrow in the horizontal scroll bar
[C] Just above the up scroll arrow in the vertical scroll bar
[D] Just above the down scroll arrow in the vertical scroll bar
141. The find and replace dialog box arrows you to replace occurrences of text.
Find ~- Replace ..-|- |.. . .- |- .............. ~. .
[A] One by one [B] Replace All
[C] Both a and b above the correct [D] None of the above
142. To delete the selected sentence, we can press the following press................
| -. - . .--- .||. -. .. ~. -| -.. | ............ -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Del [B] Backspace [C] Alt [D] Both A and B
143. When you create Auto text and Auto Correct entries, they are stored in a
template document named as ...............
~-. Auto text ~- Autocorrect ~ -. | -... ~. -. - . -- . .|-- -.. .........-.
-.| .- .
[A] Normal [B] Temp Doc [C] Auto Doc [D] Store Doc
144. The difference in Auto Text and AutoCorrect is..............
Auto text ~- Autocorrect - ............--.- .
[A] The way they are created and put to use
[B] In case of Auto Text, you have to type first four letters and than press
Enter, in case of Auto Correct you have to type abbreviated name and
than press spacebar than word automatically replaces the name
[C] Both A and B above are correct
[D] None of the above is correct
145. The content of the clip board remain the same until.............
-| |. . c | .|c-| ............. -| - -c|.
[A] You cut other text [B] You shot down computer
[C] You copy other text [D] All of the above
146. You can change the margins in Word by...........
. . ...........a.. c. |-| -| -.- .
[A] Using the ruler or [B] Using the page setup

138 C 139 D 140 D 141 C 142 D 143 A 144 C 145 D 146 C
156/272

147. Microsoft Words Word Count feature.
Microsoft Words . Word Count .........-. .
[A] Provides you information about the number of words included in a
document
[B] especially useful when you require limiting text to a limited number of
words
[C] display the number of pages, characters, paragraphs and lines included in
the document
148. Identify the incorrect statement. (|. ~|-- ~|~|.}
[A] Headers are printed on the top margin of the page and footer are printed
the bottom of the page
[B] Headers and footer normally carry information like page numbers, dates
etc
[C] A single page document will have the header or footer, You will use them
in a multi-page document
[D] Word will not allow you to have header and footer on a single page
document
149. You will probably use Borders where.(- |. -| |-- .-|- -. -| -| | ~-. ...... ...... ...... ......}
[A] You wish to add emphasis to particular paragraphs
[B] You wish to draw lines above and bellow or to left and right of paragraphs.
[C] You wish to surround the paragraphs with different styles of boxes
150. Microsoft Word is a .................king of software.
.- ||-. . ~ ............ -.-| |-. .
[A] Electronics Spreadsheet [B] Presentation
[C] RDBMS [D] Word Processor
151. Drop Caps applied to. (Drop Caps .......... ~... ~. .}
[A] Characters [B] Sentences
[C] Words [D] None of the above
152. Word supports. (. ..........|. - .}
[A] Automatic page breaks [B] Manual page breaks
[C] Both A and B [D] None of the above
153. Word automatically places a default aligned tab stop at every.............
. ~. ~ . -| -.| ..............~ -- ~. .
[A] 0.2 [B] 0.3 [C] 0.4 [D] 0.5
154. Where does a header appear in a document?
.|-- -.. c . --. ~... ~.
[A] At the top of every page [B] At the bottom of every page
[C] Only on the first page [D] Only on the last page
155. Section break in word can be only at............ (. . -- - --. --. -| -.- }
[A] Next page [B] Continues
[C] Even and odd page [D] All of the above

147 C 148 D 149 D 150 D 151 A 152 C 153 D 154 A 155 D
157/272

156. The paper orientation for printing is................
| -.| - .. -| - . ..........c|- .
[A] Portrait [B] Landscape
[C] either A or B [D] None of the above
157. To open a file from our folder, the shot-cut key is.
~.. -|-.. | -. ~|- -. .. -| |. -. -| -
[A] Ctrl+ P [B] Ctrl+ N
[C] Ctrl+ F [D] Ctrl+ O
158. To align the selected paragraph to both left and right use............
| -. - . - .-- ..| ~- ~| .~ ~.- -. ..............
[A] Left Alignment [B] Right Alignment
[C] Center Alignment [D] None of the above
159. The document is zoomed minimum up to...............
.|-- -.. ~|.. ~| ............ -| -.- .
[A] 5 % [B] 10 % [C] 50 % [D] 100 %
160. To start Spelling & Grammar option press................
Spelling & Grammar , -. .. ............... -. .
[A] F5 [B] F6
[C] F7 [D] F8
161. Word document templates have.
. .|-- -. . -- . - .............c|- .
[A] .doc extension [B] .dot extension
[C] .doc extension [D] .tmp extension
162. The short-cut key Redoing an action is......................
|. -. .. -| |. -. -| ................. .
[A] Ctrl + A [B] Ctrl + X
[C] Ctrl + Y [D] Ctrl + Z
163. Spelling & Grammar option is available in..............
Spelling & Grammar ~|-- .............. c|- .
[A] Format Menu [B] Insert Menu
[C] View Menu [D] Tools Menu
164. The default view of Document is...........
.|-- -.-| |.-|-. -- ............. .
[A] Normal [B] Print layout
[C] Web layout [D] Outline
165. While using the Mail Merge Helper, you click on the active window button.This
selection creates .............
~ c --. .-. - ---.- ~ |-. |-.| . -|- -.. ~. -| ...............
[A] a master document in the currently active document window.
[B] open a new document window
[C] your document gets active and automatically attaches to a data source.
166. The command to insert a header or footer is located on which menu?
c . ~- - . -. -. .. -| -.-. --. - . c|-
[A] Edit [B] View
[C] Format [D] Insert

156C 157D 158D 159B 160C 161B 162C 163D 164B 165C 166B
158/272

167. You can create a template...... (- ........... - . -.| -| | .}
[A] based on an exiting document [B] based on an exiting template
[C] from scratch [D] All the above
168. You can use other exiting data sources with your master documents
provided.......
-.. .-. ---. ~|~ . .. . .......... - |~. -..-. -|-| .-. - -| -. ..
[A] The data source contains the same field names, which mar or may not in
the master document
[B] The data source contains different field names found in master document
[C] The data source contains different field names than those in the master
document
169. Create from letters using Mail Merge involves............
-| . a.. - -. -.. ~. ~ .......... -~ .
[A] Creating the main document and data source
[B] Creating the main document
[C] Inserting merged fields in the main document and merging the main
document withdata source
[D] Both B and C
170. In which menu latter Wizard command appear.( . |... -.-. --. - . c|- .}
[A] format [B] tool [C] insert [D] table
171. The sheet tab of the latter wizard are. ( . |... - |. . .........c|- .}
[A] latter format [B] recipient info [C] both A and B [D] None
172. The formatting toolbar is.............. (-| .| - . . ........... .}
[A] is placed just below the standard Toolbar
[B] is used to apply common formats to the Worksheet test selection, like
making it bold, italics, underlined or changing the font style and size
[C] both A and B
173. A page break is used to do what ? ( ~ --. .-. - . .. -.. ~. )
[A] Create a new page at that insertion point
[B] Create a new page at that can not deleted
[C] Create a new page that can not be deleted
[D] Create a blank page at the top of the document
174. Formatting toolbar has lot of buttons that you can quickly apply to numerical
data on the worksheet. these buttons are .............
-| .| - . . . +. .- ~. . c|- , ..| ~. -..-|- . ..- - |.. ~ - ,~. .-.. .. .. .. .
[A] Currency Style [B] Percent Style
[C] Comma Style [D] All of the above
175. A table is the grid of Rows and Columns contain box of.
. . | ~- -|- |. ............-. .
[A] Text or graphics [B] Only text
[C] Only graphics [D] None of the above

167 D 168 D 169 D 170 B 171 C 172 C 173 A 174 D 175 A
159/272

176. A data source is made up of (. .. | ............-. - . c|- .)
[A] The text that changes with each version of a merged document
[B] the graphics that change with each version of the merged document
[C] both text and graphics that change with each version of a merged
document
177. Make the most appropriate option statement.
. | c-| .-|-| -.| / | -. -|.
[A] Mail Merge can be used to print the form letters
[B] Mail Merge can be used to print the mailing labels
[C] Mail Merge can be used to print envelopes
178. One of the following statements is not true (-| -.. | -- ~ - .-- . -|.)
[A] Word allows you to use the formula command to perform simple
calculation in theTable
[B] The simple calculation in the table is that of addition, subtraction,
Multiplication and Division
[C] =SUM (above) formula mean that word would sum the values all cell
above the Current cell
[D] Word can not do simple calculation for this purpose you in would use
Excel
179. Cells delete option in the table that can be.
. . c .||. -.-. ~|-- ......... a.. -| -.- .
[A] Shift Cell left [B] shift Cells up
[C] Delete Entire Row or Column [D] All of the above
180. Instant understanding are made in word by..................
. a.. -|- ~ -| .. .............|-- .
[A] Graphical representation [B] text information
[C] Table information [D] None of the above
181. The shortcut key used for cutting selected text or object is.............
-| . . - ~|~ -.- -. -. .. -| |. -. -| ........... .
[A] Ctrl + C [B] Ctrl + X
[C] Ctrl + V [D] Ctrl + Z
182. The purpose of the Undo is to......... (~-. -| c- .......... .)
[A] Remove the existing text and restore the pre-edited text permanently
[B] Restore both the existing text and the previous one
[C] Restore the deleted file from the disk
183. In word in you will press a Tab within a Table cell move you to?
. . ~-. - . -| -| |, -. .. --. ~.-
[A] Next Row [B] Next Column
[C] Next Cell [D] Next Table
184. In word, split Cell command appear in ............Menu.
. . --|. -.-. ........... - . -. .- .
[A] Table [B] Format
[C] Insert [D] Tools

176 A 177 D 178 D 179 D 180 A 181 B 182 A 183 C 184 A
160/272

185. To make a field name in the data source one the following is not permitted?
. .. | . -|-. -.. .. -| -.. | -- ~ - -- -|
[A] Letters [B] Number
[C] Underscore characters [D] Spaces
186. ..............is a feature that automatically corrects common typing mistakes.
........... ~ . - ~ ..-- ..| - - - ~. ~ -. .
[A] Auto Text [B] Auto Fill
[C] Spelling [D] Auto correct
187. When you select a color for black and white printer, you have to select
following option?
~-. - - ~ -. -c.. | -. .. - - -| |, . -| -.. | --| ~|-- | -. -|
[A] Automatic [B] Default
[C] A and B [D] None of the above
188. After a Table has been created, which of the following operation can not be
Perform?
. -| --. .- -| -.. | --| ~|-- -| -.-| -|
[A] Insert Row in Table [B] Delete and Insert Columns
[C] Split the Table into Two Table [D] None of the above
189. The magnifier button is available on the............ ( --|-.- .- .......... c|- .)
[A] Print preview Toolbar [B] Standard Toolbar
[C] Formatting Toolbar [D] None of the above
190. Which of one of the following is not one of the four basic steps in creating a
document that merges data from a database?
-. .|-- -.. . .. . . | ~ - . . .. -| -. --. . -. . | -|
[A] open new document in word and start the mail merge procedure.
[B] Link the document to a data source
[C] Select Auto fields fill to place the fields in the Word document
[D] Preview and print the form letters
191. The shortcut key used for copying selected text or object..........
| -. - .. - ~|~ -. -|| -. .. -| |. -. -| .......... .
[A] Ctrl + X [B] Ctrl + V
[C] Ctrl + C [D] Ctrl + D
192. In which menu Spelling command appears?
--. -. - | - -.-. c|-
[A] Tools [B] Windows
[C] Edit [D] None of the above
193. Which of the following is true in relation to Clip Art?
-| ~.. - -.-. .|- -|-.. | --. - .|
[A] Power point display available pictures in the clip Gallery
[B] You can use a toolbar button or a place holder to insert clip art
[C] You can recolor Clip Art
194. Page setup dialog box contains ................Tab(s)
~ .~ ..-|- |.- ................ c|- .
[A] Paper [B] Layout
[C] Margins [D] All of the above

185 D 186 D 187 C 188 D 189 A 190 C 191 C 192 A 193 D 194 D
161/272

195. Shortcut key for hyperlink is..............
c.| - .. -| |. -. -| .............. .
[A] Ctrl + K [B] Alt + K
[C] Shift + K [D] All of the above
196. Which of the following in not an option of edit menu?
-| -.. | ~ .|. --| --| ~|-- -|
[A] Cut [B] Clear
[C] Copy [D] Page setup
197. Graphics objects can be inserted into word through...........
. . - .|-- ~|~ -. .............a.. -. -| -|~ |~.
[A] Clip Art [B] From file
[C] Chart [D] All of the above
198. To Insert a picture from a file, select............
-.. | |- . . ............ | -. -|.
[A] Insert + Picture [B] Insert + Picture + From File
199. To select non-adjcent range, press.
-|- ~ .~ -. -~ | -. -. ................. -|.
[A] Ctrl key [B] Shift key
[C] Alt key [D] Ctrl + Shift key
200. In which menu Change case command appears?
--. -. -~ - -.-. c|- .
[A] Insert [B] Slide show
[C] Format [D] None of the above
201. Alignment buttons are available on the ............. toolbar.
~.- -. .- ............... . . c|- .
[A] Status bar [B] Formatting Toolbar
[C] Standard Toolbar [D] None of the above
202. Page break command on the insert menu will result in the insertion of page
break in word
- . - -| ~ - -.-.- |. . . - . ~ -. ~| -.- .
[A] Above the selected row [B] bellow the selected row
[C] middle of the selected row [D] None of the above
203. To change the case of letters, press the keys?
-- -. .. - -| -.. ~.
[A] Shift + F3 [B] Ctrl + C
[C] Ctrl + X [D] None of the above
204. Web page preview option appears in..................
~ |-- ~|-- ........... c|- .
[A] File menu [B] Print Preview windows
[C] Save as web page dialog box [D] None of the above
205. In which menu Header & Footer command appears?
--. -. c . ~ - - . -.-. c|-
[A] Format [B] Insert
[C] View [D] Edit

195A 196D 197D 198B 199A 200C 201B 202B 203A 204A 205C
162/272

206. To select a line............
.- | -. -. .. ............
[A] Position the arrow pointer in selection bar adjacent to the line and click the
left mouse once
[B] Position the arrow pointer in the selection bar adjacent to the line and click
the left mouse button twice.
[C] Position the arrow pointer in the selection bar adjacent to the line and click
the left mouse button thrice
207. The Microsoft word gets loaded, the opening screen display a document
named.......
~-. Microsoft Word . c|- -. ,~.--| -- |-. .|-- -.. ...........-. c|- .
[A] Document 1 [B] Document
[C] Doc 1 [D] No document name is displayed
208. What is the first step in MS-Word in changing line spacing?
.- - | - -. .. MS-Word . . | c -. --
[A] To open the format
[B] To click the line Spacing button
[C] To select the paragraph you want to change
[D] To open the paragraph menu
209. The Save As Dialog box can be used.................
Save As ..-|- |. -| .-|- ................ .. -| -.- .
[A] For saving the file for the first time
[B] To save file by some altemative name
[C] To save file in a format other than the word
210. Mark the most appropriate option statement.
. | .. |--- .- -|.
[A] Mail Merge can be used to point the form letters.
[B] Mail Merge can be used to print the form letters and mailing labels.
[C] Mail Merge can be used to print envelopes.
211. What is the function of the text justification buttons the tool bar?
Text justification .. . . . - . .- c|- .
[A] To display a drop-down list of justification option
[B] To display the four option for aligning text
[C] To open the justification option dialog box
[D] To center the current line
212. You specify the save details of your file in the new location.
-.| -.. c | .|c-|- ~-- . . -. .. ............. -| .-|- .- .
[A] Save As.....dialog box [B] Save the file As ....dialog box
[C] File save dialog box [D] None of the above
213. You can select a Table Auto Format in Word by?
. . - Table Auto Format -. a.. -| -| |
[A] Table + Table Auto Format [B] table + Table+ Auto Format
[C] Table + Auto Format [D] All of the above

206 A 207 A 208 A 209 D 210 D 211 A 212 A 213 A
163/272

214. Which of the following companies developed MS Office 2000?
-| -.. | - - -|~ ~|-| ooo - -. -
[A] Microsoft [B] Novell
[C] Corel [D] Lotus
215. Outlook Express is a............ (~... - ~ - ~ ............. .)
[A] E-Mail client [B] Scheduler
[C] Address Book [D] All of above
216. Which menu in MS-Word can be used to change page size & typeface?
. . .. ~- .. -. --. - -| .-|- .-
[A] View [B] Tools
[C] File & Page setup [D] Data
217. Which bar is usually located below that Title Bar that provides categorized
options?
..-- |- ....-| -| -- . . ~. c|- , ~ -| - - - . |--| -.
[A] Menu bar [B] Status bar
[C] Toolbar [D] None
218. Which style changes the characters in slant formate?
- -..-| --| ~. .. ~|. ~
[A] Bold [B] Italic
[C] Underline [C] None
219. Which key is used to enter data in capital without pressing Shift key?
- -|-| .|- |-. -| --. - - |. . .. .-
[A] Tab [B] Caps lock
[C] Window [D] None
220. To copy selected text you can press.............
| -. - . . --.- -|| -. .. ........... -|.
[A] Ctrl +X [B] Ctrl + V
[C] Ctrl + E [D] Ctrl + C
221. If you want to tack any sentence from one place to another,you can use ....
~| - - -| .--- ~ - ~--.~ | | ~--.~ -. . --. c| -| - ....... -| .-|- -| -|.
[A] Copy + Paste [B] Cut + Paste
[C] Only Cut [D] Only Paste
222. To create a new blank document ...................Button s used.
- .|-- -. -.. ............. .- .-|-| .
[A] Blank Document [B] Open Document
[C] Save Document [C] Print Document
223. If we want to see text on the screen but when the document will be print by
which effect we can bot print the non printable text.........
~| -| . -- |- ~| c|- .- -. . - c|- -. - .- ............. - -.
~... ~. .
[A] Outline [B] No print
[C] Hidden [D] Engrave
224. Generally word leaves ..............Space as a left margin.
Word ..-- |- left .- -|- ............ ~--. |. .
[A] 1 [B] 1
[C] 1.25 [D] 1.25

214A 215D 216C 217A 218B 219B 220D 221B 222A 223B 224D
164/272

225. ..........function is used to sum of number in cell of the Table
Table -. cell -| -.-| .~| -. ..........- ---| .-|- .- .
[A] Total [B] Add
[C] Sum [D] Count
226. ............. is used to give information of graph creating.
- .- -.. .. -| |--| ~.. ........ -| .-|- .- .
[A] Data Table [B] Data Provider
[C] Data sheet [D] Value Table
227. Which of the following is not a part of a standard office suite?
-| -.. | --| -.- -..-.. ~|-| .. -|
[A] Word Processor [B] Data base
[C] Image Editor [D] File Manager
228. ............ is an animated character that gives help in MS-Office.
..............~ MS-Office -| ~ -| . . |-- ~ -- ~. .
[A] Office Worker [B] Comic Assistant
[C] Office Assistant [D] None of the above
229. Which of these toolbars allows changing of fonts and their sizes?
~. . .. | -- . . ~- - -| .. -. .. .-
[C] Print preview [D] None of these
230. Which of the following is the latest version of Microsoft Word?
-| -.. | -- . - -.~-- . - .
[A] Word 97 [B] Word 98
[C] Word ME [D] Word XP
231. To move block of the data from one page to another page what operating will
do?
~ - ~. | |~. ~. .|c-|-| |- - . .. - ~|~
[A] Cut & Paste [B] Copy & Paste
[C] Paste & Copy [D] Paste & Cut
232. Which of the following you can use if you want to give the name of the file and
provide the location?
~| -| -.- -. ~- - - |- - ~. c|- -| -| -.. | - --. ~|---| .-|- -| -| |
[A] Save [B] Save As
[C] Print [D] None
233. Word 2000 is .............Type programs.
Word 2000 .......... -.-| |- . .
[A] Spreadsheet [B] Word Processing
[C] Graphics [D] Database Management
234. ............. of the following tool menu start itself.
-| -.. | .............tool - ~. ~ , .- .
[A] Standard [B] Mail Merge
[C] Picture [D] All
235. Tab settings of text can be done with .............Types.
.. Tab setting .......... |- - .
[A] One [B] Three
[C] Two [D] Four

225C 226C 227D 228C 229B 230D 231A 232B 233B 234A 235C
165/272

236. The option of header & Footer are got from ............Menu.
Header & Footer -| |-- ........... - . | ~ .
[A] Format [B] File
[C] View [D] Header & Footer
237. If we arrange the picture besides the text and text wrapped then is the
process of removing this problem............
text ~| -| -| . |- -|-. . wrap ~.- -| - - | - -.-| |- -. ........... .
[A] Format-Arrange-Picture [B] Format-Paragraph
[C] View-Picture-Wrap [D] Format-Picture-Layout
238. Generally word is attribute Auto shape in .............Catagaries.
word ..-- |- Auto shape - .............- . -|. c .
[A] 7 [B] 6 [C] 8 [D] 5
239. MS-Office provides help in many ways. Which of these are more closer to the
answer?
~|-| +. -. -- | .. ,~.. | --| ~. - --
[A] What is this [B] Office Assistant
[C] Help menu [D] All of the above
240. Which of the following are valid Min & Max Zoom sizes in MS-Office?
~|-|. -| -. | - ~|.. ~|| ~- -. . -. . .. .--
[A] 10,00 [B] 20,250
[C] 10,500 [D] 10,1000
241. Which of the following is not a valid version of Microsoft Word?
-| -.. | -- ~ .~. ~|-|- .-- . - -|
[A] Office 4 [B] Office 97
[C] Office 98 [D] Office 2000
242. If you want to make an invitation card that contains pictures, various attractive
colors and also want to print this document you use.
~| -. -| -|. - -.. - ~. |, ~ -. ~ -. - - -.. -| | -. ~|-| c|- -| - ..........-|- -|
-| |.
[A] Spread sheet [B] Word Processor
[C] DOS [D] Power Point
243. If you want to delete a character from right side you need...........
~| .~ | -| ~. .||. -| c|- -| - .......... -| -| |.
[A] Backspace [B] Delete [C] Spacebar [D] Insert key
244. We can see the name of running program and files name on .............Bar.
, - |- .- - ~ -.- -. .......... . | ~| -.- .
[A] Menu [B] Title
[C] Standard toolbar [D] Formatting toolbar
245. Print preview button is situated on toolbar.
Print preview - .- ........... . . ~. c|- .
[A] Status [B] Formatting [C] Title [D] Standard
246. To open a symbol menu ............. menu is used.
Symbol - -.-. |-- -. ........... - .-|-. .- .
[A] View [B] Symbols
[C] Insert [D] Print

236C 237D 238C 239B 240C 241A 242B 243B 244B 245D 246C

166/272

247. To change the size of the paper ............. Option is selected.
.. -. .. --| |-- - -.. ~. .
[A] File-Page Setup [B] File-Paper-legal
[C] File-Paper-Size [D] File-Change-Size
248. To changes which toolbar are want to see in application choose ?
~ -|- -. -| - -. -. .. ~,| . . --. ~|. ~
[A] File [B] Tool
[C] View [D] Edit
249. In which option used to open paragraph.
- .- ..-|- |. |. .. ........... |-- - -.. ~. .
[A] File-Paragraph [B] Format-Paragraph
[C] View-Paragraph [D] Table-Paragraph
250. Which type of files can not be navigated using Clip Art browser ?
-| ~.. ...-| .-|- -|- --. -.-| -.- - |- . . -| -.-| -|
[A] AVI [B] BMP
[C] WAV [D] Mp3
251. Which option in the pull-down menu is used to close a file in MS-Word ?
~ ~ ~|-|-. -. - -. ...- - -. --. |-- a.. -. - -| -.-
[A] New [B] Quit
[C] Close [D] Exit
252. Generally to open ............... Menu in word the shortcut key is.
-. - |. ............ -| -| .-|- - .
[A] Alt K [B] Alt O
[C] Alt X [D] Alt F
253. We can know the number of page by ................ bar.
.|-- -.. - - .. .-. - --. . | ~.| -.- .
[A] Menu [B] Title
[C] Status [D] Formatting Toolbar
254. Generally we can see green zigzag line under the word which has
.......... Error.
..-- |- .............. - c|- -. |. --| . -| -| .- - .- .
[A] Grammatical [B] Format
[C] Spelling [D] Manually
255. Generally word arrange the tab ...............Distance.
..-- |- word - ............... -. ~ - tab -| .
[A] 1 [B] 0.5
[C] 0.5 [D] 1
256. ................ Menu is used to create envelops.
Envelops - -. -. .. ............. - -| .-|- .- .
[A] File [B] Envelop
[C] Tools [D] Insert

247 A 248 C 249 B 250 D 251 C 252 D 253 C 254 A 255 B 256 C

167/272

MICROSOFT EXCEL

1. MS - Excel is............
MS Excel .......... .
[A] Application Software [B] Programming language
[C] System Software [D] None of the above
2. File in Excel is stored with extension................
~ - . -........... -. ~ -. -.-.| -.| .- .
[A] .exi [B] .xls
[C] .xci [D] .exe
3. The default file name in MS-Excel file is?
MS Excel -.- .|-|-. -. -. --
[A] Book [B] Workbook
[C] Book 1 [D] None
4. To open a new blank work book.
-| -- - -- |. ........... .- .
[A] New button [B] File open
[C] File blank [D] None
5. Microsoft Excel is Kind of software.
MS Excel .......... -.-| |-. .
[A] Word Processor [B] Account Package
[C] Electronic Spreadsheet [D] Database Management System
6. The file extension of Excel Workbook is
~ - -| - - - ~ -. -.-. ........... .
[A] .XSL [B] .EXL
[C] .XXL [D] .XLS
7. Which application is most suited for a bar chart of an expenditure
Statement?
~ - -.| |-.-. . .. .. - ~ -|- - -. -|--
[A] Word processor [B] Spread sheet
[C] Database [D] None
8. Getting data from a cell located in a different sheet is called ...........
~ -| ~ -| - |.. c . ~ - ~ . | ~-. . ..- ........... -c .- .
[A] Accessing [B] Referencing
[C] Updating [D] Functioning
9. You can type =6-5+3^4 in worksheet the symbol ^ indicates.
- |.. - =6-5+3^4 .. -| -| | -. ^ |-c ......... - - - .
[A] Exponential [B] Multiplication
[D] Division [D] Square
10. In MS Excel Total No of Columns are.
MS Excel . -|-| -. ......... .
[A] 655533 [B] 256
[C] 255 [D] 65536

1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. B

168/272

11. In MS Excel general alignment means..
MS Excel . ~- ~. -. ~ . ............
[A] Text goes to right & number to left
[B] Number goes to right & text to left
[C] Both text & number goes to right
[D] Both number & text go left
12. In MS Excel we can change the name of worksheet by.
MS Excel . ~. - |.- -.......... a.. -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Double click on sheet lable [B] Format sheet renamed
[C] Both A & B [D] Edit Sheet Rename
13. To count the number of cells having data the function used is
. .. -.-. -| --| -. .. .......... - -- .- .
[A] = Count () [B] = Counta ()
[C] = Counts () [D] None
14. Set print area option is allows us to..
Set print area -.-| |-- ~.- ........ -. - .
[A] Set print area [B] Modify print area
[C] Cut Print area [D] Move print area
15. In MS Excel a worksheet cell A2 and A3 contain 10,20 respectively than
Using auto fill handle the cell A5 will contain.
MS Excel -| -|.. A2 ~- A3 . +o ~- o c|- -| ~|.|-| a.. A5 . ........ c .
[A] 40 [B] 50 [C] 30 [D] 60
16. A bar that displays the content and formula in the active cell in called as.
-.-. |-- - . -| -|-- . ~- --. -.- -. -| Bar - ........ -|- ~|~.. ~. .
[A] Formula [B] Status
[C] Menu [D] Tool
17. The paste icon will not be active unless and until. Or the
Selected cell from active cell.
~| ~- ~-. -| ........ ~.......... ~ -.| . | |-. -.. -|c ~. -| ~- -. -|
-. ~.-|- ~ -.| -|c.
[A] Open, Save [B] Save, Close
[C] Cut, Copy [D] None
18. . area is collection of different elements like cells, gridlines, row &
Columns heading scroll bar & sheet tab.
......... ~ |-. ~ ~-.~ -. -.-. +.-| ~ . - , - |..-, |, -|, c .| -, -- |. ~- |.
. .
[A] Workbook [B] Worksheet
[C] Ms Excel [D] Sheet
19. Using mouse you move around a worksheet quickly using the?
..-. .-|- a.. - |.-| ~.. - ....... -. .-|- a.. ..| -| -| |
[A] Status bar [B] Tab scrolling
[C] Tab split [D] Scrolling
20. Which is correct formula for adding cells B4 and F7 ?
B4 ~- B7 -| .~| -. .. -| - .| -|- .
[A] B4*F7 [B] =B4+F7
[C] B4+F7= [D] None

11. B 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. B
169/272

21. The alignment of cells in a excel workbook can be done by using the Menu.
~ - -. - --. -- ~. -.......... - | -| -.- .
[A] Format [B] File
[C] Tools [D] None
22. Which feature in MS Excel will you use to enter day in increasing order in
Adjacent cell when one is typed on first cell?
~ - . ~-. c . . .. - c|- -. --. |-- a.. .-. - . |- -. -| -.- .
[A] Type by keyboard [B] Cut & Paste
[C] Copy [D] Auto fill
23. The function MAX (56,65,65,56) will show the output in Excel as.
MAX (56,65,65,56) - --- ~... . ~ - . ......... -. .
[A] 56 [B] 65
[C] 65,56 [D] None
24. The address of last cell in worksheet is
- |.. -. - ~ . ......... .
[A] 65535IV [B] 65536IV
[C] IV65536 [D] IV65535
25. To hide the particular column which menu can be used?
-| |-- -|- hide -. .. --. - -| .-|- .-
[A] View [B] Format
[C] Edit [D] Hide
26. Output of IF Condition is..
IF -- ~... ........ .
[A] True [B] False
[C] True & False [D] True & Fast
27. What is the maximum width of a sheet name is MS-Excel?
MS Excel . |.- -. -. . -. - .. ~.- c|-
[A] 8 [B] 256
[C] 20 [D] 31
28. To delete the row in worksheet you can use the.. Key combination.
- |.. | - - .||.) -. .. - ......... -|-| .-|- -| -| |
[A] Ctrl + - [B] Ctrl + Enter
[C] Alt + - [D] None
29. Sorting facility in ascending and descending order will come under.Tool.
.-. ~- .--. - . -| |.| - -.-........... . c ~ ~ .
[C] Control [D] None of the above
30. To add up the total values of cells Function is used.
- --| - |-- . . .. .......... - -- .-|-. .- .
[A] Total [B] Add
[C] Sum [D] Avge

21. A 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. A 30. C

170/272

31. When you enter a text label excel justifies the entry automatically between the
cell borderas.
~-. ~ - . - -| .. ~.| | -. ~ - - - |-.-| |- ~- |. - ....... -|-
-|-.| .
[A] Left align [B] center align
[C] Right align [D] Justified
32. To save the current workbook with different names command is.
. - -- ~- -.| -............ -.-. .- .
[A] Save [B] Save As
[C] Copy [D] Rename
33. In Excel if we delete a row column or cell then all the data 1 contains.
~| ~ - . ~. |, -| ~- .||. -| -| - . c. . ............ .
[A] Will save in temporary row [B] Save in a life
[C] Will be saved in a clipboard [D] Will also get deleted
34. In MS Excel pie chart can be ploat on.
MS Excel . . .. -.
[A] Multiple data series [B] Single Data Series
[C] Two data series [D] None of the above
35. The function is used to add the values in the range of cells..
-~. |- - . . .. ......... - ---| .-|- .- .
[A] Add [B] Plus
[C] Total [D] None
36. In MS Excel we can change header and footer by..
MS Excel . ~. c . ~- - .......... | -.| -|~ |~ .
[A] File Page setup Print preview [B] File Print preview
[C] File Page setup [D] None of the above
37. When we delete a worksheet it can be restored by.
~-. ~. - |. .||. -|~ |~ -. ~. - -|...... a.. -.| -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Undo [B] Ctrl + Z
[C] Both A & B [D] We cant undo
38. To view the different worksheet of same workbook simultaneously one can
Use which option.
~ - ~ - --| ~-~- - |.- ~|. .. -|......... ~|---| .-|- -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Window split [B] View two screen
[C] Window view two sheet [D] Window new window
39. In MS Excel rows are labeled as. (MS Excel . |- ......... | -. .- .)
[A] 1,2,3,4. [B] I,II,III,IV.
[C] A,B,C [D] a,b,c,d
40. To protect the formula in MS Excel which option is used?
MS Excel . -|-- .- |.- -. .. --| |-- .-
[A] Locked [B] Hidden
[C] Protect [D] None
41. Using format cell you can not set.
Format cell -. .-|-|......... . -| --. -|.
[A] Alignment [B] Border
[C] Margin [D] Number

31. A 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. A 41. C
171/272

42. In MS Excel you click on the area associated with the graphical object
the corresponding macro would run such area is called............
~ - . ~| - - .|-- ~|-~-. . -~.- . ~ |-. -|- --. - -| . c - | - -.-|
|- -.- ..........-c .
[A] Hot spot [B] Macro
[C] Text [D] Formula
43. The default row height in MS Excel is..............
MS Excel . | -| .|-|-. ---|) c............... .
[A] 2.5 [B] 10
[C] 10.75 [D] 12.75
44. To select all the sheets in workbook go to any sheet tab.............
- -. -| |.- | -. -. .. -| |. . . ~........... -|.
[A] Press right click select all [B] Press Ctrl + A
[C] Format select all [D] None of the above
45. The page header/Footer added from page setup option will be displayed in
~ .~. | . .- ~ c./- ............. . ~|. ~ .
[A] Page back preview [B] Print preview only
[C] Normal view only [D] None of the above
46. Which keyboard shortcut let you modify the cell content?
-- |. -. -||. a.. -- -| ~ - c | .|c-| ~.
[A] Ctrl [B] Shift
[C] F2 [D] F7
47. To reverse an undo command.........
Undo command - -| ~.............. -.- .
[A] New button [B] File undo
[C] Reverse [D] Redo
48. The following data type we can not be used as a cell of a spreadsheet file
-| -.. |............ -.-. . ..-| ~. - .|.. . .. -|- .-|- -| --. -| .
[A] Number [B] Tree
[C] Text [D] Formula
49. The function TODAY () of MS Excel enters the..................
MS Excel - Today () - --.......... ~ -. - .
[A] System time in cell [B] System date
[C] Two data series [D] None of the3 above
50. In which Address method the address use in formula is not change when
we copy or move formula.
- ~ . -|-. -|-- . .- ~ . - ~-. ~. -|| - -|-- . ~.|~ -. -.| -.-
-|
[A] Absolute [B] Relative
51. To have the different formatting according to requirement for different
Range of number in cell one can use.
. c . ~-.~ -. - -| -~-. ~.-. ~ -. -.-| -| .| - ~, ~ ~. .. ~. ......
-| .-|- -|~ |~ .
[A] Format conditional formatting [B] Format cell number
[C] Format cell change format [D] None of the above

42. B 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. D 48. B 49. B 50. A 51. A
172/272

52. Maximum zoom size is MS Excel...............
~ - . . ~.. .. -| -. . -. ................ .
[A] 100% [B] 200%
[C] 400% [D] 500%
53. You can identify the selected cell in the.............. Box.
| -. - - .............. |.. | ~.| -| |.
[A] Name [B] Status
[C] Menu [D] Tool
54. You can change the default location of file from..............
-.- |.-|-. |- - - ........... a.. -| -| |.
[A] Tools-option view [B] Tools option general
[C] view option gen [D] None of the above
55. Which pointer shape is used to select cell in worksheet.
- |.. - | -. -. .. --| |-. .-|-. .-
[A] Arrow [B] Cross
[C] Hand [D] Hourglass
56. Excel worksheet can be stored in word document by............
~ - . - |.- ............. a.. ---. ~. -.| -| -.- .
[A] Inserting excel file in word [B] Copy & paste excel file in
word
[C] Link excel file into word [D] All the above
57. Which of the following is valid range in Excel?
~ - . -| -..| - -~ -|-- -.
[A] B2..........BI0 [B] B2:G2
[C] B2-G2-B5 [D] B4+C4
58. In MS Excel total no of Row are.........
MS Excel . |-| - -............. .
[A] 65533 [B] 256
[C] 255 [D] 65536
59. You can hold down this key to perform the random selection..........
- ............. -| -|- ~... ~~ | -- -| -|.
[A] Alt [B] Ctrl
[C] Shift [D] Spacebar
60. ............ Wizard use to guide you through the steps for creating new chart on a
worksheet of modifying existing graph.
........... |... -|--- .. - . - .-- - -. -.. -- - .
[A] Graph [B] Map
[C] Chart [D] None

52. C 53. A 54. B 55. B 56. D 57. B 58. D 59. B 60. C

173/272

61. To modify the reduced display of the worksheet..........Used by.
- |.. +... . .|-- - -.. .. ............... -| .-|- .- .
[A] View zoom [B] Format page
[C] View normal [D] None
62. In MS-Excel you can zoom up to...........
MS-Excel . - . .............. | -. -| -| |.
[A] 400% [B] 500%
[C] Page width [D] 100%
63. Identify incorrect statement.................
|. |-.- ~|~|.
[A] Worksheet data and chart can be integrated with Word document
[B] Embedded worksheet object can be created in a Word
[C] Multiple worksheet can be created and used at a time
64. A worksheet can be opened by clicking on the.............
- |. . -|- -|- ............. ~|- -| -.-
[A] Start Button [B] Open Button
65. The short-cut key to move to the cell A1 is.
A1 . -. .. -| |. -. -|............. .
[A] Ctrl + A [B] Ctrl + F
[C] Ctrl + Pg Up [D] Ctrl + Home
66. Chart option is available in..............Menu.
.. ~|--.............. -. c|- .
[A] Data [B] Tools
[C] Insert [D] Format
67. In excel each sheet in a workbook is displayed as.
Excel . - --| - - |.......... -|- -. c|- .
[A] Floating point arrow [B] Down Pointing
[C] Marker [D] Tab
68. To display Format cells dialog box you have to press...........
-| . - ..-|- |- -. . .. -. ............. -
[A] Ctrl + 1 [B] Ctrl + 2
[C] Ctrl + K [D] Ctrl + D
69. One of the following statements about Excel ranges is incorrect?
Excel ranges | -| -.. | -- ~ - |-.- |.
[A] A range can be defined as a group of contiguous cells
[B] Ranges can be very small or very large
[C] The shape of the range can rectangular, square, sound, triangular or odd
shape
[D] One important condition for a range is that is should have parallel facing
sides.

61. A 62. D 63. C 64. D 65. D 66. C 67. D 68. A 69. C

174/272

70. Mark the most appropriate statement.
| | |-- |--- .- -|..
[A] = NOW () can be used display the current time
[B] = NOWQ can be used display the current date
[C] = NOW() can be used display the current date as well as time in same cell
71. In the event of a change in underlying data.............
~-. - . ... - . - -.-. -. ..........
[A] Excel automatically redraws the chart to reflect the changes
[B] Excel will require you to click the Redraw button to reflect the changes
[C] Both A and B option are available. However in simple chart the
change is reflected automatically where as in complex charts,
Redraw button needs to be checked
[D] None of the above is true
72. Excel worksheet data can be shared with word Document by...........
Excel - |.-| .|c-| Word Document . ......... a.. -| -.- .
[A] Inserting an Excel worksheet in to word
[B] Copy and Paste Excel Worksheet into word document
[C] Link Excel data in a word document
73. Which of the following is the latest version of Excel?
-| -..| ~ - - . -. .- -- .
[A] Excel 2000 [B] Excel 2002
[C] Excel ME [D] Excel XP
74. Which of the following is not a valid data type in Excel.
~ - . -| -.. | --| .-- . .. .. -|
[A] Number [B] Character
[C] Label [D] Date/Time
75. .............. Function allows you to view the sum of the values without
entering a formula into worksheet cell
- |.. -|-- . ~.--. -......... - -- -- ~. |- --| .~| -. - .
[A] Auto calculate [B] Auto Complete
[C] Auto sum [D] Auto Add
76. To select the entire column.............
| -|- | -. -............
[A] Click on column label [B] Alt + Enter
[C] Double click on cell [D] All the above
77. On sheet 1 type value in cell A11 and than you type formula
If(A1>100,CIC,400) at cell A according to formula the entered content
of A5 will be in........... Format.
|. + A11 . - |-- .. -| ~- | - If(A11>100,CIC,400) -|-- . .
A5 . ........... -.- ~... ~. .
[A] Memo [B] Text
[C] Numeric [D] None

70. C 71. C 72. D 73. D 74. D 75. C 76. A 77. B
175/272

78. If you delete the content of the cell using delete key on keyboard...........
~| . c . ..- -||. a.. .||. -.. ~. -. ...........
[A] The format gets deleted [B] The content get deleted
[C] Content and format delete [D] None of the above
79. All these are excels features except............
~ - . ~. -. .| ~- ..............
[A] The index tab [B] Office assistant
[C] Content and format delete [D] None of the above
80. In MS Excel when a cell is deleted the other cell move...........
MS Excel . c ~-. .||. -.. ~. -. - ........... .~ .- .
[A] Left [B] Right
[C] Top [D] Up or left
81. In MS Excel the default date format is............
MS Excel . -.|- -. default ............ c|- .
[A] DD/MM/YY [B] YY/MM/DD
[C] MM/DD/YY [D] None
82. Louts 123 is the example of............
|. + ~ .......... - .-.c .
[A] Spread sheet [B] Presentation
[C] Database [D] None
83. The easiest way to do addition of the column and row............
-| ~- | -| .~| -. .. | | ~ --|............
[A] Use + operator [B] Type SUM ()
[C] Auto sum [D] None
84. The minimum zoom is...........
| | ~|.. ~| . .......... .
[A] 1% [B] 10%
[C] 100% [D] None
85. To hide unwanted data from worksheet we can use.
|- ~,| . ..- c.. -. .. - |.. ~. .-|- -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Sort [B] Filter
[C] Cut paste [D] None
86. Individual element in Excel is................
~ - - -- +.- ...........
[A] Sheet [B] Document
[C] Presentation [D] None
87. In Excel, addressing mode (s) that can be used in a formula is/are..........
Excel . -|-- .. addressing mode (s) -| .-|-......... .. -| -.- .
[A] Only absolute [B] Only absolute relative
[C] Absolute, relative [D] Not application
88. A Horizontal block of cell that runs through the width of worksheet is
called.
-| ~..| |- - ~ - |.-| c|~. a.. - .- - - ............. -c .
[A] Column [B] Row
[C] Record [D] None of the above

78. B 79. A 80. D 81. C 82. A 83. C 84. B 85. B 86. A 87. C 88. B

176/272

89. The Edit menu of Excel has an option clear in it its sub menu has the
following option.
~ - . ~ .|.- . -|- ~|- c|- ~- - -. - . -| -. ~|-- c|- .
[A] All, Format, Content and Comment [B] All, Format and Content
[C] Only all and format [D] It is without a sub menu
90. Which of the following can be prepared in MS Excel?
-| -.. | MS Excel ............. -.| -.- .
[A] Annual Report [B] Bio Data
[C] Letter [D] Presentation
91. The intersection of a row and column is called.
| ~- -|-. --- ............ -c .
[A] Square [B] Cell
[C] Cubicle [D] Worksheet
92. .......... is the first file name that gets displayed when EXCEL is loaded.
~ - . ~-. |. .- -. - -| c | -.- -........... c|- .
[A] Book1 [B] Sheet1
[C] Worksheet1 [D] None of the these
93. You can add as many as............. Sheets in a workbook.
- ~ - - -. .......... - . - |. . | -.- .
[A] 3 [B] 128
[C] 16 [D] 256
94. Paste Special option contain........... Option for characteristics.
Paste Special ~|--........... .| -. .
[A] Formats [B] Values
[C] Formulas [D] All of the above
95. All the formulas must begin with............ Character.
-.~ -|-- .-| ,~.-............ a.. .- .
[A] + [B] =
[C] * [D] -
96. It the tab sheet 1(2), it means that you are on the.
~| . sheet 1(2), . c|- -| - -| ~ .- - ............ |.
[A] First sheet carrying the worksheet on the second sheet
[B] Second sheet carrying the worksheet on the sheet two
[C] Second sheet carrying the worksheet on the sheet one
97. In Excel worksheet, on making a cell active..............
~ - . - |.. - ~ -.| -.-.............
[A] You can type new data in to it or edit the data it contains
[B] the active cell has a dark border around it
[C] You can always determine the reference for the active cell by looking
in the Name Box on the formula bar

89. A 90. A 91. B 92. A 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. A 97. D

177/272

98. A range of book sheet is referred by............
- |.-| -~ ......... - ~- .
[A] Listing the first cell reference in the range, followed by a colon and
than the last cell reference in a range as in B3:E11.
[B] Listing the first cell reference in the range, followed by a colon and
than first cell reference in a range as in B3:E11.
[C] Only the starting cell number such as B3
99. In Excel, the simplest way to moving data from one location to another is...
~ - . ~ - ~--.~ | | ~--.~ . .. -.-| ~ --| .......
[A] by menu commands [B] by the drag and drop method
[C] by mouse [D] by shortcut menu
100. Which of the following is incorrect on copying data in a cell?
. c . . ..- -|| -. -| -.. | -- . |-.- |.
[A] You can copy an entry anywhere in the same worksheet or to a
different worksheet.
[B] To copy operation involves use of two commands. Copy and Paste
[C] Copy and Paste operation can be done either by using the edit menu
or by using the button on the standard Toolbar.
[D] Data can not be Copied from one worksheet to another.
101. To adust the column width automatically, which out of the following option
you want to use.
-|-| c|~. ~|.| .|- -|. .. -| -.. | --. ~|---| - .-|- -| -|.
[A] Width [B] Auto fit selection
[C] Standard width [D] None of the above
102. Formulas are made up of..............
-|-- . - | c|- ..........
[A] Arithmetic operator such as =+- and other function
[B] Only arithmetic operators
[C] Only function
103. Formulas with absolute references are references that always................
|-- -- . ~. | -|-- . -. ..........
[A] Refer to the different cells, regardless of the location of the formula
[B] Produce O as the default
[C] Refer to the same cells, regardless of the location of the formula
104. To change the cell reference B2:B9 to an absolute row and column
reference, you would enter it as...........
B2:B9 --- |-- | ~- -|. -. .. ~ -. ........... -| -| |
[A] B2:B9 [B] B$2:B$9
[C] $B$2:$B$9 [D] None of he above

98. A 99. B 100. D 101. B 102. A 103. C 104. C

178/272

105. If PROFIT and SAMPLE are name of the ranges in a worksheet which one
of the following is invalid?
~| ||-. ~- - - |.. -~-. -. c|- -| -| -.. | --| ~ - |-- |.|
[A] = SUM(A1:G3,25,27) [B] = SUM(PROFIT,12,15)
[C] =SUM(PROFIT,$SAMPLE,24) [D] = SUM(PROFIT,SAMPLE)
106. In the function =ROUND(G5/30,0)............
=ROUND(G5/30,0) - --. ..........
[A] ROUND in the function
[B] The value to be rounded is G5/30
[C] O implies rounding to the zero decimal place
107. Which of the following is not the financial function?
-| -.. | -- -.-.-|- - -- -|
[A] = FV() [B] = SUM()
[C] = NPV() [D] = PMT()
108. Which of the following is not a text function?
-| -.. | -- . . - -- -|
[A] CHAR() [B] LEN()
[C] LEFT() [D] ABS()
109. ABS(PRODUCT(-5,-5,-5))=.............
ABS(PRODUCT(-5,-5,-5))=..............-.
[A] -125 [B] 125
[C] -15 [D] 18
110. To display the chart option dialog box, choose............
.. ~|-- ..-|- |- -.. .. - -|............
[A] Chart menu [B] File menu
[C] Insert menu [D] View menu
111. The default page orientation in Excel is.
~ - . .|-|-.-| ~ - ............. c|- .
[A] Landscape [B] Portrait
[C] Horizontal [D] None of the above
112. If you print the active worksheet from print button on the standard toolbar,
than ........ Dialog box does not appear..........
-..-.. . . c . |-. .- a.. - - |. |-. -| -|......... ..-|- |- -c|.
[A] Print option [B] Page setup
[C] Print [D] Print Preview
113. We can link one file to another file by.
~. ~ - -.- | -. . ............ a.. ~|.. -| -|~ |~ .
[A] File [B] Web page
[C] Formula [D] All of the above
114. After a table has been created. which of the following operations can not
be performed ?
. -| --. .-, -| -.. | - |- -. ~.| -.-| -|
[A] Insert rows in a table [B] Delete and insert column
[C] Split the tables into two tables [D] None of the above

105. 106.D 107.B 108.D 109.B 110.C 111.B 112.A 113.D 114.D

179/272

115. To add the first 10 rows after the first 5 column are........... is used.
c | -| | +o | . . .. ......... -| .-|- .- .
[A] SUM(E1:E10) [B] =SUM(E1:E10)
[C] SUM(E1 TO E10) [D] None of the above
116. Excel files have a default extension of.............
~ - -.- .|-|-. ~ -. -- .......... c|- .
[A] .XLS [B] .XLW
[C] .WK1 [D] .123
117. Files created with Lotus 1-2-3 have an extension...........
|. + a.. - | -.- ~ -. -- ..........c|- .
[A] DOS [B] XLS
[C] 123 [D] WK1
118. A typical worksheet has.......... Number of columns.
..-- - |.. ........... -| c|- .
[A] 128 [B] 256
[C] 512 [D] 1024
119. Witch elements of a worksheet can be protected from accidental
modification ?
~ -|. - |.|-|- - ~.--|- -.. -..) | - |-. --. -| |. -. -| -.-
[A] Content [B] Object
[C] Scenarios [D] All f the above
120. Data can be arrange in a worksheet in an easy to understand manner
using........
.......... -. -.- .-|-- - |.. . ..- ~-.| -|| -.- .
[A] Auto Formatting [B] Applying Styles
[C] Changing fonts [D] All of the above
121. Select cell are called in excel.........
~ - . | -. - . - .......... -c .
[A] Cell [B] Worksheet
[C] Cell Range [D] None
122. The auto sum function will insert............ Function
~|.| - --............ - --- -. - .
[A] Add [B] Sum
[C] Average [D] Count
123. The height of the row is typically measured using unit.
| -| c..-. .||- .- . .. ............. - |-. .- .
[A] Character [B] Font
[C] Pleces [D] Point
124. ................... option is used to arrange the information in selected rows of
lists alphabetically numerically or by date.
............. |---| .-|- .|c-|- | -. - | . ~ , |, |, .|, ~. -..-|- - -.| .
-|.. ~. .
[A] Graph [B] Auto format
[C] Sort [D] Condition

115.B 116.A 117.D 118.B 119.A 120.D 121.C 122.B 123.D 124.C

180/272

125. You are working in A10 cell which key combination is use to move to tenth
row and last column be IV10 of Excel.
- ~-. ~ +o . -. --. c|- -. +o | | ~- -| -| ~ . - IV10 . ~..
-- - .
[A] Ctrl + [B] Ctrl + C
[C] Ctrl + A [D] Ctrl + V
126. A Workbook contain......... Worksheets.
~ - - -. ............ - |. c|- .
[A] 16 [B] 255
[C] 3 [D] 65536
127. The result of cell Address is Display in.
~ . - |.............. ~| -.- .
[A] Formula bar [B] Name box
[C] Status bar [D] Both A and B
128. In MS Excel pressing Tab key moves the cell towards.
MS Excel . . -|........... -- .- .
[A] Up [B] Down
[C] Right [D] Left
129. We can insert the header and footer to worksheet by.
- |.. c . ~- - . -. ........... a.. .- .
[A] File-page setup [B] View- header & footer
[C] Edit headers [D] Both A & B
130. By default worksheet have border.
default - |.. |. c|- .
[A] True [B] False
[C] Partially true [D] None
131. We can not arrange window in format............
~. |-.|- ........ -| .. -|| --. -|.
[A] Vertical [B] Cross
[C] Cascade [D] Tile
132. To select the entire row in Excel, Click mouse.............
~ - . | | | -. -. .. , ..| ........... -|- -|.
[A] Any where in the worksheet [B] At row heading
[C] Both A & B above [D] None of the above
133. Excel office assistant can be made to appear by using.
............ -. .-|- a.. ~ - . ~|-| ~.|-.-.- -.| -.- .
[A] F1 key [B] Help menu
134. In an Excel chart, text and values displayed at data points to indicate the
specific value or category is called ............. .
Excel. chart, text ~- |-- |- - - - . -|-. . .. |-.- -. .
[A] Data Labels [B] Data Point
[C] Data Series [D] None of above

125.A 126.C 127.B 128.C 129.D 130.B 131.B 132.B 133.C 134.A

181/272

135. The combination of the column letter and row number for a cell in an Excel
worksheet is called a................
-| . ~- | - - |. ~ - -| - |.. ........... -|- ~|~.- .
[A] cell cross [B] cell identification number
[C] cell reference [D] cell identify
136. .................. displays the address of the active cell.
............... ~ -.| - ~ . -. .
[A] Address Box [B] Address bar
[C] Name Box [D] None of the above
137. In Excel, a............ is a file in which you work and store data.
~ - . ............ ~ -. - ~-. -. -.- ~- . .. -.| .- .
[A] Workbook [B] Worksheet
[C] Workspace [D] None of the above
138. To select an entire row press............
| | | -. -. .. ........... -|
[A] Shift + End [B] Shift + Space Bar
[C] Ctrl + Space Bar [D] Ctrl + right Arrow Key
139. ..............Feature displays total of selected cell values on status bar.
-. . . -. ............. . -| ~ -| |- - -. .
[A] Auto fill [B] Sum function
[C] Auto cal [D] Auto Sum
140. To display format cells dialog box you have to press..........
format cells ..-|- |- -. . .. - -| |..............
[A] Ctrl + D [B] Ctrl + F
[C] Ctrl + 2 [D] Ctrl + 1
141. =Round(3,1465,2) entered in a cell display...............
=Round(3,1465,2) -. - -. .............
[A] 3 [B] 3.1
[C] 3.14 [D] 3.15
142. The entire worksheet in Excel can selected by...............
~ - . c | | - |............. a.. | -. -| -.- .
[A] Ctrl + Space Bar [B] Ctrl + Shift + Space Bar
[C] Shift + Space Bar [D] All of the above
143. Once a range has been named, you can go to a range......
~ - - -~- -. ~.- --. .- ~. -~ - ......... a.. ~ -| |.
[A] By selecting ranges using the name box
[B] By selecting ranges using the F5 key
[C] Both A & B

135. C 136. C 137. A 138. B 139. C 140. D 141. D 142. B 143. C

182/272

144. The purpose of the Auto Sum is to..............
Auto Sum -| c- ..............
[A] Locate and total the rows or a column in a range nearest to the current cell
[B] Total any range that you select
[C] Ad grade totals to a range containing other totals
145. To fill multiple row or columns at one time press.
~ - ~ - ~ -| -. | ~- -| -|) -. .. -|.
[A] Ctrl Key [B] Ctrl + Shift Key
[C] Shift Key [D] Alt Key
146. Text control group of Alignment property sheet contains which of the
following function.
Alignment property - Text control group -|-.. | --. - --- ~-
[A] Wrap text [B] Merge Cells
[C] Shrink to fit [D] All of the above
147. The chart legend can be placed in the chart at .............. .
.. . c |~-. .......... . .| -.- .
[A] Top, Bottom [B] Corner
[C] Left, Right [D] All of above
148. One of the statements on naming ranges is incorrect.
-~- -. ~.. .. -| -.. | ~ - |-.- |. .
[A] Naming a range implies that you provide the range some logical name
beginning and ending cell
[B] Naming range can save you time and effort, since a name is easer to
remember than reference for a range.
[C] Names also make formula much easier to read and understand
[D] The only way to name a range is to define it in the name box on
the formula bar
149. Cell Address A$4 in a formula means it is a............
-|-- .. ~. ~ . A$4 -| ~ ............
[A] Relative cell reference [B] Absolute cell reference
[C] Mixed cell reference [D] All of the above
150. =round(2.15.1)entered in a cell displays ?
=round(2.15.1) . -. .
[A] -1 [B] 2.1]
[C] 2.2 [D] None of the above
151. Using chart wizard, you can quickly and easily turn your.
.. |... -| .-|- -|- - ..| ~- ~-.|............ . ~ -| |.
[A] Data into chart [B] Chart into data
[C] Both A and B above [D] None of the above

144. B 145. A 146. D 147. D 148. D 149. C 150. C 151. A

183/272

152. If you click on the Gridlines and draft quality check box on the sheet tab
property sheet of page setup dialog box then.
~| |. . |.| c | - |..- ~- . .-. -||.| |- . - -|- -| -| ~ .~
..-|- |- |........... .
[A] Gridlines will be print [B] Gridline will not be print
[C] Sometimes print [D] None of the above
153. To save file as a Web page, you have to click.
~ -|- -.- -. .. - -|- -|...........
[A] Save as option in file menu [B] Save option in file menu
[C] Save as web page option in [D] None of the above
154. To calculate the sum of the first 10 column and 5th row............ is used.
c | +o -| ~- | | -| .~| -. .. ........... -| .-|- .- .
[A] @sum(A5 to J5) [B] @sum(A5:J5)
[C] @A5 + J5 [D] None of the above
155. To find the average the................ Command is used.
~ ~ |-. .. .......... -.-.-| .-|- .- .
[A] = Average () [B] = Avg ()
[C] = Sum () [D] = Product ()
156. Which of the following is a popular DOS based spreadsheet package?
-| -..| -- -.- .|.-. ~.-.- - .|. - ~
[A] Word [B] Smart cell
[C] Excel [D] Lotus 1-2-3
157. How many characters can be typed in a single cell In Excel?
~ - -. ~ - . - .. ~. .. -| -.- .
[A] 255 [B] 1024
[C] 32000 [D] 65535
158. Comments put in cells are called.
. . | -.-. --.- ............ -c .- .
[A] Smart Tip [B] Cell Tip
[C] Web Tip [D] Sort Tip
159. A numeric value can be created as a label value if it precedes with...........
-- |- |- -- -- - .......... -| --| ~.-~ -.| -.- .
[A] Apostrophe () [B] Exclamation (!)
[C] Hash (#) [D] Tilde (~)
160. Which area in an Excel window allows entering values and formulas?
~ - . --. ~ |-.. |- - ~- -|-- . -. -| -.-
[A] Title Bar [B] Menu Bar
[C] Formula Bar [D] Standard Tool Bar
161. Which of the following is not a way to complete entry in one cell?
~ - . ~ -. |- | -. -| -.. | --| --| -|
[A] Enter [B] Spacebar
[C] Arrow Key [D] Tab

152.A 153.C 154.D 155.A 156.D 157.A 158.B 159.D 160.C 161.B

184/272

162. if you want to delete cell form the worksheet you select desired range and
than choose the following command...........
~| - - |.. | - .||. -. . --. c| -| -. ---| - . - | -. -. ~- |
-| -.. |............ -.-. - -|.
[A] Edit clear all [B] Edit clear cell
[C] Edit cell delete [D] Edit delete
163. ............. Option is used to select the data in worksheet so that the rows
that meet the condition you specify by using criteria range are display.
............. |-- . .. | -. -. .- , ~ | -|- | - - -.~ |-- - ---| -.-
|--. -~ a.. -. .
[A] Filters [B] Auto Filters
[C] Auto correct [D] Advance
164. When you enter a text label to excel justifies the entry automatically
between the cells border as?
-|--- .. -. -.. ~. . . ~|.| .|-| - | |- ~-.|-.. .- .
[A] Left aligned [B] Right aligned
[C] Centered [D] Justified
165. An animated border indicate be cell contents.
~ -| . . - | |. . c | .|c-| -. .
[A] Will be deleted [B] Are the result of function
[C] Have been sent to clipboard [D] None of the above
166. In MS Excel which bring back the previous entry?
~ - . - |- -. a.. c .-| ~ -. | .| ~| -.-
[A] Undo [B] Redo
[C] Cut [D] Copy
167. In MS Excel goal seek tool allows you to adjust fine a specific result by
changing the value in.............. cell.
MS Excel . c | -| |- . a.. |-- |.-. ~. .. ............ . |- - -| -.-
.
[A] One [B] Two
[C] Selected [D] All
168. In MS Excel to enter the day name in increasing order.
MS Excel . |--. -. --. ~|. . ........... a.. .- .
[A] Use auto fill [B] Cut
[C] Copy [D] Paste
169. $ sign on the formatting tool bar will indicate.
-| .| - . . ~. | $ .- -. .
[A] Apply currency format [B] Apply $ Format
[C] Both A and B [D] None
170. The default label given the facility of spell check.................
.. |. .|-|-. c|- ..............
[A] Chart 1 [B] Sheet 1
[C] Column 1 [D] None

162. D 163. A 164. A 165. C 166. A 167. A 168. A 169.A 170. A
185/272

171. If result of the formula can not be displayed completely in a cell,it displays.
~| ~ - . -|-- . |.-. - -. | -.- -| - ............ -. .
[A] ###### [B] @@@@@@
[C] ++++++ [D] None
172. Which type of chart is used to show a co-relation between data series?
. .. ||.-| - -| - -. . .. - . -.-. .. -| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Radar [B] Combination
[C] Pie [D] Line
173. An Excel workbook is a collection of .................
~ - -| - - ~ .............. - - - .
[A] Workbook [B] Worksheets
[C] Charts [D] Worksheets and charts
174. In Excel, formula begins with .............
MS Excel . -|-- .-| ,~.- ............. | .- .
[A] A+ [B] B+
[C] = [D]
175. ......Displays the constant value or formula used in the active cell.
......~ -.| -| -|-- . - --| -|--.-. -- -. .
[A] Status Bar [B] Formula Bar
[C] Task bar [D] None of the above
176. To insert a new worksheet , Press......
-| - |. . . .. ..... -|.
[A] Shift +f10 [B] Shift+f11
[C] Shift +f12 [D] Shift +f5
177. To select an entire column press...........
| -| | -. -. .. ...... -|.
[A] Shift +end [B] Shift +Space Bar
[C] Ctrl +Space Bar [D] Ctrl + Up Arrow key
178. Which menu option can be used to split windows into two?
-| -..| --. - -. |-- a.. |-.|- -.-. c | -.-
[A] Format >> Window [B] View >> Window >> Split
[C] Window >> Split [D] View >> Split
179. Excel provides us with facility of ........to perform calculations on specific
values.
visual presentation -| .|c-| -. . .. ~ - ~..- .......-| - |.| ~. .
[A] Word art [B] Auto Shape
[C] Chart [D] Diagram
180. Which of the following is not a way to complete entry in one cell.
~ - . ~ -. |- | -. .. -| -.. | --| --| -|
[A]Enter [B] Spacebar
[C] Arrow key [D] TAB
181. Function shown by the auto calculate area of the status bar .
Auto calculate -. .. -. ~ |-.-. - -- .....-. .
[A] Minimum [B] Maximum
[C] Count [D] All of the above

171.A 172.D 173.D 174.C 175.B 176.B 177.C 178.C 179.C 180.B 181.D
186/272

182. Which one of the following can be entered as a number in a cell ?
-| -.. | - |- - - -|- -. -| -
[A] 1300,00 [B] 5000,00
[C] 1.1e+2 [D] All of the above
183. To format characters in a sheet, use....
|.. c . ~.- -| . -. .. ........-| .-|- .- .
[A] Shortcut keys [B] Menu commands
[C] Tool bar [D] All of the above
184. The Buit-in default copying in Excel is programmed to.............
Excel . - -. default copying ......... .. |- . - c|- .
[A] Use relative position when copying formulas
[B] Use absolute position when copying formulas
[C] Use mixed position when copying formulas
185. Which of the rule mentioned below for name range is incorrect?
-| -.. | --| |-- -. -~ ~.. .. |.|
[A] The length of the range can be as long as you desire
[B] In a name range you are allowed to use spaces or commas
[C] Range name can be directly
[D] The only separators allowed use in formula are underscore characters
and/or periods between words.
186. The Today () function enters the current.............
Today () - -- c.- ............ ~ -. - .
[A] System File in a cell [B] System date and time in a cell
[C] System date only [D] None of the above
187. =MOD(-3,2)entered in a cell displays?
=MOD(-3,2) . -.
[A] -1 [B] -1.5
[C] 1 [D] 0
188. When you create a chart on the same sheet as your data, you can view
both the data and the chart at the same time. This type of the chart is
called a.............
-.| .|c-| . -| .. ~-. - - -. -| | -. - -.| .|c-| ~- .. ~ - ~ - -. |
-| |. -| ~. -.-. .. - ............ -c .
[A] Chart sheet [B] Embedded chart
[C] View Sheet [D] View chart
189. To see the sample of the worksheet click on the............
- |.- -- ~|. .. .......... -|- -|.
[A] Print button [B] Print preview button
[C] Sample button [D] None of the above
190. Decimal Tab................
. | . ..................
[A] Center align the number [B] Left align the element numbers
[C] Align the number of the right [D] None

182. D 183. D 184. A 185. B 186. C 187. C 188.B 189. B 190. C
187/272

191. Collection of worksheet is known as...................
- |.-| - c......... -|- ~|~.- .
[A] Document [B] Book
[C] Work book [D] None of the above
192. Which of the following is the oldest spread sheet package?
-| -.. | ~ - - .|. - ~ --
[A] Visicalc [B] Lotus 1-2-3
[C] Excel [D] Star Calc
193. A Worksheet can have a maximum of...............Number of rows.
~ - - |.. | -| -. ............ c|- .
[A] 256 [B] 1024
[C] 32000 [D] 65536
194. Comments can be added to cells using..............
. -| -............ a.. . | -.- .
[A] Edit -> Comments [B] Insert -> Comments
[C] File -> Comments [D] View -> Comments
195. Concatenation of text can be done using.
. .- -- -- ~|..)........... -| -.- .
[A] Apostrophe () [B] Exclamation (!)
[C] Hash (#) [D] Ampersand (&)
196. Multiple calculation can be made in a single formula using...........
~ - -|-- .-| .-|- -|............. a.. -. --| -| -.- .
[A] Standards Formulas [B] Array Formula
[C] Complex Formulas [D] Smart Formula
197. What menu command allows you to copy formula on the active cell to a
range of adjacent cell in a row?
--| - -.-. -- | . ~ -.| | ~ .~ --. -| -|-- . -|| -. .. -| .--| ~.
[A] Edit fill down [B] Edit fill right
[C] Edit Copy [D] Edit delete
198. Pressing Ctrl + Home will be............
Ctrl + Home --............
[A] Move your view up to screen [B] Move screen down
[C] Move to cell A1 [D] Move to column A
199. In MS Excel pressing enter key cell moves to...........
MS Excel . ~-. ~ -. -| -.. ~. -. ............ .~ .- .
[A] Left [B] Right
[C] Next row [D] Up
200. Which is used to fill the series in the cell range?
-~. ||. ~.. .. .-| .-|- .-
[A] Fill Handle [B] Cut paste
[C] Copy paste [D] None
201 In which type of entry the cell will allows you to type?
- . -.-| ..-| ~ -. | -- .. -. ~.
[A] Text [B] Numeric
[C] Character [D] above all

191.C 192.B 193.D 194.B 195.D 196.B 197.C 198.C 199.C 200.A 201.D
188/272

202. In MS Excel given the facility of spell check.
MS Excel- | - - -. .. -| -.-. ~. .
[A] True [B] False
[C] Doubtful [D] None
203. Anything that is typed in a worksheet appears...............
- |.. - .. -.. ~. - -. ............
[A] In both the active cell and the formula bar
[B] In the active cell only
[C] In the formula bar first and when you press Enter key into the active
cell
204. To activate a next sheet a Press............
|-| |.- ~ -.| -. .. .......... -|.
[A] Ctrl + Pg Up [B] Ctrl + Pg Dn
[C] Shift + Pg Up [D] Shift + Pg Dn
205. By default, there are ............... worksheet in a workbook.
- -. ...............|-|-. - |. c|- .
[A] 1 [B] 3
[C] 16 [D] 256
206. ............. is a pre-define formula to perform calculations on specific values.
|-- |---| --| .. c | ---| - | -|-- .............. .
[A] Function [B] Expression
[C] Phrase [D] None of the above
207. In its default setting, a workbook is made up of three sheets and the
number can be extended to..............
~ - -. .|-|-. .| -. - - |.-| - | c|- ~- - - ............. -| -.| -.- .
[A] 3255 [B] 19255
[C] 3256 [D] 16255
208. By default, Excel sheet displays the following font style............
~ - . -| -..| |.-|-. -............... c|- .
[A] Strike through [B] Bold
[C] Italic [D] None of the above
209. A function in Excel...........
~ - . - -- ~ ............. .
[A] Is a ready made formula [B] Is a short cut formula
210. In a new Worksheet, cell A1 contains, 5 cell A2 contain 7 and A4 contains
9 If cell B1 contains =COUNT(A1:A4), the following result will be displayed in
cell B1.
~ - -| - |.. A1 5, A2 7~- A4 9 -. . ~| B1 =COUNT(A1:A4) -. -|
-| -.. | -- |. B1 . ~|. ~
[A] 9 [B] 3
[C] 4 [D] 5

202. A 203. A 204. B 205. B 206. A 207. A 208. D 209. C 210. B

189/272

211. Pie chart can be plotted on..........
. .. ............a.. -| - .
[A] Multiple data series [B] Only two data series
[C] Only one data series [D] None of the above
212. To print a specific area............
|-- ~ |-. |-. -. .. ...........
[A] Set print area from file menu [B] Set print area from page setup
dialog box
213. Cell address of the 26th column and 26th row is............
. | -| ~- .| | - ~ . ............ .
[A] 26,27 [B] Z26
[C] Y26 [D] X26

211. D 212. C 213. B

190/272

MICROSOFT POWERPOINT

1. What you can do with Ms power point?
. |-.| -| -.- .
[A] Presentation [B] Slides
[C] Handout [D] All
2. The file extension in Ms power point is
Ms Power Point . -.- ~ -. -- .......... .
[A] .PPT [B] .PPS
[C] .DOC [D] .XLS
3. The default file name to Ms Power Point is.
Ms Power Point - |.-|-. -. -. ......... .
[A] Document [B] Book 1
[C] Presentation 1 [D] Untitled
4. To create CCC.PPT which of the package under ms office is used?
CCC.PPT -.. .. -|-..| --. - ~-| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Ms Power point [B] Ms Word
[C] Ms excel [D] None
5. Which is the default view in Ms Power Point?
-| -.. | . |-. |.-|-. -- --| .
[A] Slide sorter [B] Outline
[C] Normal [D] Not page
6. Slide show is the facility provided in.
-.. -..-| -.-. .......... . ~ .
[A] Word [B] Power point
[C] Page marker [D] None
7. In which view user can see the notes regarding to slide?
-.. . -| -|- .-|---. --. -- a.. ~| - .
[A] Slide sorter [B] Note page
[C] Notification [D] Short notes
8. Notes page view used for..
-|. ~ --. -| .-|- ......... .. .- .
[A] Type additional information [B] Editing text
[C] Insert picure [D] Setting background
9. . Is the key to use to add a new slide.
........... -| -| .-|- -| -.. . . .. .- .
[A] Ctrl+ A [B] Ctrl+ S
[C] Ctrl+ M [D] Ctrl+ N
10. How many pre designed slide layouts ms power point provide?
. |-. c |~ .|..- - . -.. ~... - .. ~. .
[A] 27 [B] 25
[C] 23 [D] 26

1. A 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. A
191/272

11. To get clipart gallery.
-|~.. - | .. .. .........
[A] Space [B] Alt+I+P+C
[C] Tab [D] None
12. To insert slide number in slide which option is used?
-... -.. - . . .. --. -.-.-| .-|- .- .
[A] Insert slide number [B] Format slide number
[C] Both a and b [D] None of the above
13. Word document template are like.
. .|-- -. . -- . ........... ~ c|- .
[A] Books [B] papers
[C] Stationery [D] notes
14. To start your slide show, press.
-.| -.. | , -. .. -|.
[A] F3 [B] F5
[C] F6 [D] F10
15. Which of the following option takes you step by step through the process of
Creating a presentation?
-. .- -. .-. --| - |-. -.. .. -| -.. | --. |---| .-|-. -.- .
[A] New presentation wizard [B] Auto presentation wizard
[C] Blank presentation [D] Auto content wizard
16. A new slide can be inserted by.
........ a.. -| -.. . | -.- .
[A] Using new slide command on insert menu
[B] Using a new slide command of common task option of formatting toolbar.
[C] pressing key combination ctrl+m
17. Which option will you select so that design,colors and formatting part of
the slide is created automatically?
-| -.. | --. |--- - --. ~|.| .|-| -... |...- - -| .|- -.- .
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Template
[C] Outline [D] Blank presentation
18. .. option is used to view prepared power point presentation.
............ |---| .-|- . |-. . -. - -.. .. .-|-. -.- .
[A] Print [B] Draw
[C] View [D] Window
19. The arrangememt of elements such as title and subtitle text,picure,tables
etc.is called.
... ~- ... .., |- - ~|. --| -||- ......... -c .
[A] Layout [B] presentation
[C] Design [D] scheme
20. Which option in power point allows to carry slide from one computer to
Another?
~ - -|--- .. | |~. -|--- .. -.. ~. .. . |-.. --| |-- .
[A] Save as [B] Save and go
[C] Pack and go [D] Web and go

11 B 12 A 13 D 14 B 15 A 16 D 17 B 18 C 19 D 20 C
192/272

21. Information in slide master will display.
-.. .-.. .|c-| -. ..
[A] In all slide [B] In all slide except title master
[C] In odd slide [D] In even slide
22. The custom animation option is present under which menu?
--. ~ -| - --. - . c .
[A] Format [B] Tools
[C] Slide show [D] Insert
23. To see the immediate presentation slide which is on the screen the window
used is.
--|- c -..- -|- . -. - ~|. .. ......... |-.| .- .
[A] Slide show window [B] Animation preview
[C] presentation preview [D] presentation page
24. The option slide transition is present in
-.. . .-.|- ~|- ......... . ~. .
[A] File menu [B] View menu
[C] Slide show menu [D] Tools menu
25. Two statements are given choose the correct altemative statement
1. In power point animation effect can be applied statement
2. In power point action buttons can be used.
-| ~. . |-.- . | . |-.- - -|.
+. . |-.. ~ -| - ~ ~.| -.- .
. . |-.. ~ -- .--| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] 1 True 2 false [B] 1 false 2 true
[C] Both are true [D] Both false
26. Which option is helps to create as per suggested presentation starting
from title to last slide according to selected subject?
c . ...| , -| - ~. . |.- -| . .-. -- -. . --| |-- -- - .
[A] Blank presentation [B] Auto content wizard
[C] Presentation [D] None of the above
27. Preset animation is present under which menu?
| . ~ -| - --. - -| ~. .
[A] Format [B] Slide show
[C] Tools [D] File
28. In . Your presentations display with transition and special effect.
......... . -. .-. - . .-.|- ~- - |- - -. ~- ~| -.- .
[A] Slide Sorter [B] Outline view
[C] Normal view [D] Slide show
29. Form the formatting toolbar S button is used for
-| .|- . . -. S -| .-|- ........ .. .- .
[A] save presentation [B] Slove problem
[C] Shading [D] Both A& B
30. You can record slide in.
- ......... -.. -| . -| -| |.
[A] Slide view [B] Outline view
[C] Slide show [D] Both A & B

21 A 22 C 23 B 24 C 25 C 26 B 27 A 28 D 29 C 30 D
193/272

31. You can change background and text color for all slide at a time through.
~ - . -| ~ -..-. -- ..-. ~- . .-- -. .. - ......... -| -| |.
[A] Auto layout [B] Place holder
[C] Design template [D] All the above
32. In ms power point how many views are there that allow you to have look at
your presentation?
. |-.. - .. -- ~. . c|- - ~ -- -.| .-. -- ~ - . -. | -
[A] 5 [B] 6 [C] 4 [D] 7
33. A set of design format of color scheme is called
. .-. .|..- -| .-. .-| - --|- ......... -c .
[A] Slide [B] Scheme
[C] Presentation [D] Temple
34. A .. is the on screen display of your slide. (...... ~ -..- --|- ~|. ~ .)
[A] Slide [B] Document
[C] Slide show [D] Animation
35. The first slide in presentation is slide
.-. --| c | -.. ......... -.. .
[A] Summary [B] Title
[C] Support [D] Intro
36. The shortcut key for justified alignment is.
~.- -. ~-.|-.. -. .. -| |. -| ......... .
[A] Ctrl+ J [B] Ctrl+ E [C] Ctrl + R [D] Not assign
37. In ms power point to change the line spacing which command is used.
. |-.. .- - |- -. .. --. -.-.-| .-|- .- .
[A] Format line spacing [B] Tools line spacing
[C] Data line spacing [D] None of the above
38. To insert data and time to presentation which command is used?
.-. -. -.| ~- - . . .. --. -.-.-| .-|- .- .
[A] Insert time date [B] Insert date & time
[C] Insert time [D] Tools date
39. Which of the following views can you use to show just the slide and its
contents?
-| -.. | --. -- a.. - --- -.. ~- --| |-- ~| -| |.
[A] Normal [B] Notes page
[C] Slide [D] Slide show
40. When you use a wizard..
~-. - |... -| .-|- -| | -. ...........
[A] There will be series of questions that will be put to you by the wizard
[B] Each question in a wizard will offer you several choices as you create your
document.
[C] The user in provided supplied macros
41. Which of the following can be prepared in power point software?
-| -.. | -- . |-. |-. . - -. -| -.- .
[A] Database [B] Financial Account
[C] Slide show [D] Document

31 C 32 A 33 B 34 C 35 B 36 D 37 A 38 B 39 A 40 D 41 C
194/272

42. Note page view is used to see
-|. ~ -- -| .-|- ......... ~|. .. .- .
[A] The content of your presentation
[B] work on a single slide at a time
[C] prepare speakers note for the audience
[D] all the slides as a small version on a single windows
43. Which of the following is not and option in power point software?
-| -.. | --| |-- . |-.-| |-. -|.
[A] Custom animation [B] Slide transition
[C] Pack & go [D] Border and shading
44. Which of the sentence is true regarding handout master?
c -.~... .-.-. --. -|-.. | -- .-- . .
[A] It controls the way elements on a slide are displayed
[B] Its used to add speakers notes in our slide
[C] It is used to change the way how many slides would be printed on a single
page.
45. Pressing which key moves you to the next slide in the slide show?
-..| ---.- - -| -.| - -- |-| -.. ~.- .
[A] Page down [B] Space bar
[C] Down Arrow [D] All of the above
46. Which of following statement is not true? (-|-.. | -- |-.- . -|.)
[A] Text can be inserted anywhere in the slide
[B] A text box can be placed anywhere in slide
[C] Superscript text appears above the line
[D] Ctrl+ b selected the bold style for the selected text.
47. Which following view is not one of the power point views?
-| -.. | --| -- . |-.-| -.- -|
[A] Slide sorter view [B] Slide view
[C] Slide show view [D] sorter view
48. In Power Point, slide sorter command is found under which menu?
-- . |-.. , -.. |. -.-. --. - -| ~ .
[A] File [B] Tools [C] View [D] Edit
49. Which extension is given to power point document by default?
. |-. .|-- -.- -- .|-|-. ~ -. - ~... ~. .
[A] .EXT [B] .COM
[C] .PPT [D] None of the above
50. Which of the following menu has the background?
-| -.. | --. - - -- ..-. |-- c|- .
[A] Format [B] View
[C] Insert [D] Slide show
51. In handout master footer area appears at
c -.~... .-.. - . ~ |-. -. c|- .
[A] Top of the margin [B] Bottom of the page
[C] Center of the page [D] None of the above

42. C 43. D 44. C 45. D 46. A 47. D 48. C 49. C 50. A 51. B
195/272

52. Using slider master, you can change which of the following?
-.. .-.-| .-|- -|- -| -.. | - -.| -| |.
[A] The footer area text [B] Font size or style
[C] The date area data [D] all of the above
53. To start a slide show................ (-.. | , -. .. ..........)
[A] choose slide show menu from view menu
[B] Choose Rehearse from slide show menu
[C] Click the slide show view button
54. The following is a slide transition effect......
-| -.. | .......... ~ -.. . .-.|--| ~ .
[A] Wipe right [B] Dissolve
[C] Both a & b [D] None of the above
55. Power point presentation can be displayed on..........
. |-. .-. - ......... . ~ -| -.- .
[A] Computer monitor [B] Overhead project
[C] Multimedia project [D] All of the above
56. To stop the slide show abruptly ........ key is usede
-.. | - | ~.-.. .. ........ -| .- .
[A] Space bar [B] Escape [C] Tab [D] Enter
57. Previously created presentation can be used by ......... option
~-..| -. .-. --| .-|- ........ |-- a.. -| -.- .
[A] Template [B] Blank Presentation
[C] Auto Content wizard [D] None
58. Option is useful to see slide show at some particular time interval
......... |---| .-|- -|- -.. | - . -- .. ~- . ~| -.- .
[A] Time [B] Automatic
[C] Rehearse timing [D] Watch
59. A file which contains ready made style that can be used for a presentation is
called ....
~ -.-| .|c-| - -. c|- - -.-. .-. - .. .-|- -| -.- -- ......... -c .
[A] Auto style [B] Template
[C] Wizard [D] Pre Formatting
60. After choosing a predefine template,.......... option has to be chosen to
change the background color.
c | ---| -.- . -- .- - --. | ......... |-- -- ..-. - -. .. - -.- .
[A] Design Template [B] Color scheme
[C] Animation Scheme [D] Color Effect
61. A chart can be put as a part of the presentation, we can choose.........
.-. --. ~ - -.- -|- ~. ........ -| --| ~. .. .| -|~ |~ .
[A] Insert -> chart [B] Insert ->pictures -> chart
[C] Edit -> chart [D] View -> chart
62. Which view in power point can be used to enter speaker comments?
. |-.. -|- - -. -. -. --. |---| .-|- .- .
[A] Normal [B] Slide show
[C] Slide sorter [D] Notes page view

52. D 53. D 54. C 55. D 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. A 62. D
196/272

63. Which of the following is an example for automatic text formatting?
-| -.. | -- ~|. .|- .. -| .|-- .-.c .
[A] Underlining hyperlink [B] Adjusting extra space
[C] Replacing two uses with an hyphen [D] All of the above
64. Power point can display data from which of the following add in software of
ms office?
Ms office . add- in software . . |-. --. . ..- -. .
[A] Equation editor [B] Organization chart
[C] Photo album [D] All of these
65. If all slide in power point are in unordered from & you can reorder these
slides.
~| . |-.. -| ~ -.. ~ - -|.- | c|- -|, - ..........|-- a.. | ~|.
--|--) -|.| -| |.
[A] View /slide finder [B] View /slide sorter
[C] View /notes page [D] View /slide arrange
66. In power point which font size is an unimportant?
. |-.. - -|-. .. |-.-|-| .
[A] 10pt [B] 20pt [C] 40pt [D] all
67. To qult from power point (. |-.. | c. -|-~..........)
[A] Ctrl + Esc [B] Ctrl + A [C] Shift + F4 [D] None
68. The basic element of which object are fixed and to be applied animation of
presentation file is.
.-. - -.-| --| .-.-| -.- ---| - ~- ~ -| - .. -|-.- .
[A] Note page [B] Page
[C] Slide [D] Presentation page
69. Slide transition option is present under which menu?
-.. . .-.|- |-- ....... -. ~. .
[A] Insert [B] Slide show [C] View show [D] Tools
70. In which field Ms power point is used?
. |-.-| .-|- --. . . -| -.- .
[A] Marketing [B] Teaching
[C] Creating home page [D] All of the above
71. In which view one can delete the slide and pressing the delete key?
-| -.. | - -..- .||. -| -|- .||. -| -.-
[A] Slide sorter [B] Slide show
[C] Slide [D] Outline
72. Which of the following provide the best environment for creating
presentation?
-| -.. | . | . .-. - --. |-- a.. -.| -.-
[A] Slide view [B] Slide sorter view
[C] Slide show view [D] Outline view
73. To insert picture in your presentation.
-.. .-. -. | . . .. .........
[A] Insert picture from file [B] Insert picture button
[C] File insert [D] None of the above

63. A 64. D 65. B 66. A 67. D 68. C 69. B 70. D 71. A 72. A 73. B
197/272

74. ............ option is used to apply one of the ms power point design template
to your presentation or uses one of your presentation as template.
.......... ~|---| .-|- . |-.. |...- . - . -. . .. .- .
[A] Apply design [B] Slide color scheme
[C] Background [D] Slide layout
75. ............ is key combination to right align the text.
............... -| a.. . .- ~| .~ - ~ . -. ~.| -.- .
[A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl +
[C] Shift + R [D] None
76. In ........... you presentation displays with transition and special effects.
-.| .-. -- . .-.|- ~- - - - -. . -. . .. ......... c|- .
[A] Slide show [B] Outline view
[C] Normal view [D] None
77. What of the following tools should you use to map hierarchy of Relationship?
-| -.. | --. . -| .-|- - --.- -|- -| -| |.
[A] Picture toolbar [B] Microsoft organization chart
[C] Microsoft chart [D] All the above
78. ......... is the easiest an quickest way to prepare the presentation.
.......... ~ . | ~ ~- ..| .-. - -..-| --| .
[A] Template [B] Blank presentation
[C] Auto content wizard [D] All of the above
79. When you want to make a change that will effect all slides in your
presentation then make the change once in the.
~-. - ~ -. -| ~ -..- .-. - ~ - ~ - ~ - ~ - - c|- -. .-|-| - .
[A] Slide master [B] Slide sorter
[C] Slide show [D] None
80. The Transition effect can be set througn..........
. .-.|--| - -. ........... a.. . -| -.- .
[A] Outline view [B] Slide sorter
[C] Slide [D] All
81. To return to the previous slide in the presentation use..........
.-. -. ~.-~-| -.. ~|. .. .......... -| .-|- .- .
[A] Backspace [B] \
[C] P [D] Delete
82. Which of the following is used to remove quickly the extra bullet from a
slide while in panel?
-| -.. | -. .-|- a.. -.. -. c . .- ..| - - .
[A] Backspace [B] Insert
[C] Page up [D] Del
83. The alignment to the text box is given from...........
-| -.. | ........ a.. . .|.- ~.-. ~.| -.- .
[A] Format alignment [B] File alignment

74. A 75. A 76. D 77. B 78. C 79. A 80. B 81. A 82. A 83. A
198/272

84. In Ms- power point which option is used to convert text from The
computer to tHE COMPUTER which case is use.
The computer . tHE COMPUTER . -. .. . |-.. -| -.. | --.
|---| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Title [B] Upper
[C] Lower [D] Toggle
85. To insert the chart in presentation which command is used?
.-. -. .. . . .. --. -.-.-| .-|- ..- .
[A] Insert picture chart [B] Insert chart
[C] Format chart [D] None of the above
86. What is the maximum number of showing positioning of per page handouts?
- - ~-| c -. ~...-| |--| -.. -. . -. - .. - -. ~
[A] 3 per page [B] 4 per page
[C] 9 per page [D] 12 per page
87. There are large number of templates that are provided by microsoft word.
.- ||-. . a.. ~... ~. . +. -.-. . -- . c|- .
[A] These templates are for generating business documents
[B] They have many built in formatting features
[C] The user can add his own to the existing list
88. Which of the following view displays all the slides at once as miniatures (small
form)?
-| -.. | --. -- a.. -| ~ -..- ~ -. -.-. -|. ~| -.- .
[A] Slide sorter [B] Normal
[C] Note page [D] Outline
89. which of the following is the shortcut key to insert a new slide?
-| -.. . . .. -| |. -. -| -| -.. | - .
[A] Ctrl + D [B] Ctrl + N
[C] Ctrl + O [D] Ctrl + M
90. Ctrl + D is shortcut key of..........
Ctrl + D ~ ......... -| |. -. -| .
[A] Creating a duplicate slide [B] Inserting a new slide
[C] Deleting a slide from the presentation [D] Changing the layout of the
active slide
91. Which of the following is the slide animation?
-| -.. | -- -.. ~ -| -
[A] Boomerang [B] Bounce
[C] Zoom [D] All of the above
92. Which of the following is not the command in slide show menu?
-| -.. | --| -.-. -.. | - -| -|
[A] Pack and Go [B] Setup show
[C] Slide Transition [D] Action Buttons

84. D 85. B 86. C 87. D 88. A 89. D 90. A 91. D 92. A
199/272

93. There are ......... slide layouts available in the power point
. |-.. .......... -.. ~... c|- .
[A] 22 [B] 23
[C] 27 [D] 26
94. What does the speaker prepares to check that he has not missed any
point while giving the speech?
-| ~.-| ---.- -| |-. - . -- | - c|- - -|- a.. ........-| --| - -| -.- .
[A] Note page [B] Slide show
[C] Slide view [D] Outline view
95. Which of the following view does power point provide?
-| -.. | --| . |-. , ..- -|
[A] Outline [B] Slide sorter
[C] Notes page [D] All of the above
96. For what purpose can you use the shortkey ctrl + D in power point?
. |-.. --. c - .. - Ctrl + D |. -. -| -| .-|- -| -| |
[A] Duplicating the selected slide [B] Cut the selected slide
[C] Paste the selected text or graphics [D] None of the above
97. To delete the selected slide, in the slide sorter press the following key.
-.. |. . | -. - | -..- .||. -. .. -| -. -| -|...
[A] Del [B] Backspace
98. What is the maximum of showing positioning of page handouts?
- - ~-| c -.~...-| |--| -.. -.. -. - .. -
[A] 3 Per page [B] 4 Per page
[C] 12 Per page [D] 9 Per page
99. Which of the following is true regarding the slide master?
-| -.. | -.. .-.-. ~- -.-- -- .-- .
[A] It controls the way elements on a slide display
[B] It is the sames as a title master
[C] It can not be changed
100. Following is a type power point slide show option?
-| -.. | --| . |-.-. -.. | ~|---| -. .
[A] Presented by the speaker [B] Browsed by an individual
[C] Browsed at a kiosk [D] All of the above
101. Pressing which key moves you to the next slide in the slide show?
-..|. - -|- -.| |-| -.. ~ -.- .
[A] Spacebar [B] Left arrow
102. Power point slide can contain...... type of information.
. |-. -.. ......... -.-| .|c-| -. .
[A] Text [B] Drawing
[C] Animation and sound [D] All of the above

93. C 94. A 95. D 96. A 97. C 98. D 99. A 100. D 101. A 102.D
200/272

103. There are ........... different types of view in a power point.
. |-.. ........... -.-. ~ -. ~ -. -- c|- .
[A] 5 [B] 4
[C] 3 [D] 2
104. We can create our presentation by .......... option.
~. ~.| .-. - ........... |-- a.. -.| -|~ |~ .
[A] Template [B] Choice
[C] Blank presentation [D] All of the above
105. To maintain some specifications in all the slides of a presentation........
slide is selected.
.-. -. c | -| ~ -... |--. ~.~. .......... -.. | -. -.. ~. .
[A] Blank [B] Master
[C] Title [D] All of the above
106. Power Point 2000 has ............ number of views.
. |-.. ooo ........ -- .
[A] 3 [B] 4
[C] 5 [D] 6
107. Ellipse motion is a predefined............
|- |-~ ......... -.- c | ---| - |- .
[A] Design Template B] Color scheme
[C] Animation Scheme [D] None of these
108. We can replace a font on all slides with another font using the........ option.
~. ........ |---| .-|- -| -| -..-. -|-. -| -|~ .
[A] Edit -> fonts [B] Tools -> fonts
[C] Tools -> replace fonts [D] Format -> replace fonts
109. Which option can be used to set custom timings for slides in a presentation?
.-. -. -.. .. -| --. .. . -. .. --. |---| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Slider timings [B] Slider timer
[C] Rehearsal [D] Slide show setup
110. Which type of fonts are best suite for titles and headlines.
... ~- c ..- .. --. -.-. -|-. ..
[A] Serif fonts [B] Sans serif fonts
[C] Text fonts [D] Picture fonts

103. A 104. D 105. B 106. A 107. C 108. D 109 C 110. B

201/272

111. Views fells the entire screen allows you to see the slide show just as
your audlence view it
........... -- ~ | -.. | ~|. .. .--| ~. .
[A] Slide sorter [B] Slide show
[C] Normal [D] Outline
112. If you want to change the complete look of presentations.
~| - .-. --| | - . -| c|- -| ............
[A] Color scheme [B] Design template
[C] Slide layout [D] None
113. To show all the slides at a time which of the command is used?
-| ~ -..-| ~ - . | -. --| -.-. .-|-| .
[A] View normal [B] View slide show
[C] View slide sorter [D] None
114. Which is graphical representation of a number and text.
- ~- ..- -- - .|-- |-|-|- .
[A] Picture [B] Word Art
[C] Chart [D] None
115. The basic element on which objects, text box, picture can be inserted
in power point calles as
Ms power point . .-.-| -.- - ~ - ~|~ -., .. |- - |- -. -| -.- , --
........... -c .
[A] Pages [B] Sheets
[C] Master plate [D] Slide
116. Which of the following enables you to exit slide show view.
-.. | -- . | c. -|-~. .. -| -. . | --| |---| .-|- .- .
[A] View exit [B] File quit
[C] File exit [D] Esc key
117. To edisan organization chart on an auto layout slide the place holder.
-.| -.-. ... ~|.| ~... -.. . . .. ......... -.. ~. .
[A] Click [B] Double click
[C] Drag [D] All
118. option use to add or change the text that appears at the top & bottom
of every page or slide.
....... |---| .-|- - - ~ . ~- -| -. ... . | -. - -. .. .- .
[A] Outline [B] Header and footer
[C] Note page [D] Context
119. Which one of the following option is available in ms power point.
-| -.. | --| |-- . |-.. c|- .
[A] Goal seek [B] Auto correct
[C] Mail merge [D] Foot note
120. In note page view which of the following planes would you use to.
-| -.. | |.-. -|. . .. --. -.-| -|. ~ -- -| .-|- -.. ~. .
[A] Slide plane [B] Outline plane
[C] Note plane [D] All above

111. B 112 B 113. C 114.C 115.D 116.D 117.B 118.B 119.B 120.C

202/272

121. To change the overall look of a presentation you should apply the attempted
| .-. --| - . -. .. - ~.| -| |.........
[A] Auto layout [B] Place holder
[C] Design template [D] All th above
122. To check the spelling in current presentation .. function key is used.
. .-. -. - |- - -. .. ........... - -- -| .-|-| .
[A] F2 [B] F3
[C] F4 [D] F7
123. In power point how you add duplicate slide in presentation.
. |-.-. .-. -. - . -|- . -.. - | |- . | -| |.
[A] Insert-duplicate slide [B] Copy paste
124. To view the colored slide in the black & white format we use
- -..- - ~ -. -c..- -| .. ~|. .. ~. .-|-. -| -|~ |~ .
[A] View Color/Grayscale - black & white [B] Format black & white
[C] Tools black & white [D] None of the above
125. In selection include text in several different sizes the smallest size would
appear in the font size button followed by using.
~| | -. - .. ~- - ~-| ~ -| .. -.-| c|- -| . | -.-.. -.-| .., -|-. .. .- a..
............ |-c a.. -. .. ~. .
[A] # [B] $
[C] + [D] *
126. Present animation is in . menu.
| . ~ -| - .......... - c|- .
[A] Format [B] Slide show
[C] Tools [D] View
127. We can apply and change the bullet from the Ms power point by.
. |-.. ~. ........ a.. . ~.| ~- -.| -|~ |~ .
[A] Insert bullet [B] Format bullet
128. To change the font of all slide from times new roman to Arial black
which command is used.
-| ~ -... Times new roman . | Arial black . ~. -. .. --. -.-.-|
.-|- .- .
[A] Format change font [B] Format replace font
[C] Format font [D] None of the above
129. Which tab is used from custom animation to animate the chart.
--. ~ -| -. | . .- ~ -| . -. .. --. . -| .-|- -.. ~. .
[A] Effect [B] Chart effect
[C] Slide effect [D] Graphic effect

121. C 122. D 123.C 124. A 125.C 126.A 127.B 128.B 129.B

203/272

130. To goto slide number press.
-.. - ~. .. ........ -|.
[A] Slide number + enter [B] Pgup
131. Which of the following way is used to prepare your slide show from scratch.
-- . | - .-. - -.. .. -| -.. | .......... -| .-|- .- .
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Blank presentation
[C] Design template [D] None of the above
132. Which extension is given to power point presentation file by default.
` . |-.- |.-|-. ~ -. -- -- .
[A] .PPT [B] .PPR
[C] .PPP [D] .PTP
133. Which of the following can be inserted into your slide.
-| -.. | --| |-- -.| -... . | -| |.
[A] Table [B] Chart
[C] Organization chart [D] All of the above
134. Which of the following is not the slide transition.
-| -.. | -- -.. .. -.|- -|.
[A] Box out [B] Box in
[C] Checkerboard across [D] Fly in
135. Under which menu master option is available.
--. - -| -| .-. |-- ~. .
[A] View [B] Insert
[C] Format [D] Slide show
136. Which of the following view does power point provides.
. |-. -| -.. | --| -- ~. .
[A] Notes page [B] Outline
[C] Slide sorter [D] All of the above
137. Which one of the following views is useful to select and work on individual
slide.
-| -.. | --. -- -. .-|- a.. -- -.. . -.- -| -.- .
[A] Normal view [B] Slide sorter
[C] Outline view [D] Note page view
138. Which of the following shortcut is used to insert a new slide.
-| -.. | - |. -. -| a.. -| -.. . | -.- .
[A] Ctrl + M [B] Ctrl + N
[C] Ctrl + O [D] None of the above
139. Actions button can be inserted in the slide, by action button command of..
.......... ~ -- .- -.-. a.. -... ~ -- .- . | -.- .
[A] View menu [B] Insert menu
[C] Slide show menu [D] None of the above

130.B 131.B 132.A 133.D 134.D 135.A 136.D 137.A 138.A 139.C

204/272

140. Which of the following can be one of the comment of a slide.
-..-. +.- -|- -| -.. | --. ~ --| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Titles [B] Graphs
[C] Clip art [D] All of the above
141. In slide master header area appears at.
-... .-.. c . ~ |-. ........... . -. .- .
[A] Left of the page [B] Center of the page
[C] Top of the page [D] None of the above
142. Under which menu, to apply a slide design to the slide.
--. - -| -..- -.. .|..- ~.| -.- .
[A] View menu [B] Slide show
[C] Edit [D] None of the above
143. Following is a type of slide animation.
-| -.. | - -..- ~ -|---| -. .
[A] Flash once [B] Typewriter
[C] Fly from top [D] All of the above
144. Action button can be inserted in the |---, through action buttons command
of.
.......... ~ -- .- -.-. a.. -... ~ -- .- . | -.- .
[A] View button [B] Insert menu
[C] Slide show button [D] None of the above
145. In power point, view contains title and text, but chart, art works and
drawings can not be viewed.
. |-.. ......... -- ... ~- . ., . .. , ~.. - ~- . |- -. | -.- -|.
[A] Outline [B] Note
[C] Handouts [D] All above
146. To make your slide show go on forever is selected from a slide
show/setup show
-.. | -- . .. ....... -.. | .~ | . | - -.. ~. .
[A] Browsed at a kiosk (Full screen) [B] Browsed by an
individual (window)
[C] Show without narration [D] Show without animation
147. We can have the preview of already prepared slides by the help of
. option.
~.| c | ~ - | -..- |-- ...... -| --| ~| -.- .
[A] Note page view [B] Slide sorter view
[C] Show [D] Slide show
148. Which of the following can you print on the paper.
-| -.. | . |-. -. ......... -| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Handouts [B] Template
[C] Notes [D] Outlines

140.D 141.C 142.D 143.A 144.C 145.A 146.A 147.D 148.A
205/272

149. The maximum zoom percentage in Microsoft power point is .
. |-.. ........... -. . .- .
[A] 100% [B] 200%
[C] 400% [D] 500%
150. Animation schemes can be applied to in the presentation.
~ -| - --| ......... . .-. -- ~.| -.- .
[A] All slides [B] Select slides
[C] Current slide [D] All of the above
151. Which key on the keyboard can be used to view slide show.
-||. . | - -| -| .-|- a.. -.. | ~| -.- .
[A] F3 [B] F5
[C] F7 [D] F1
152. Which option can be used to create a new slide show with the current
slides but presented in a different order.
~- |- -. | . -... -| -.. | -.. -| -.. | --| |-- .
[A] Reheasal [B] Custom slide show
[C] Slide show setup [D] Slide show view
153. Which type of fonts are best suit to display large amount of text.
|.. ~.| .. --. -.-. -|-. .. .
[A] Serif fonts [B] Sans serif fonts
[C] Text fonts [D] Picture fonts
154. How can you center the text in a box in a power point presentation.
. |-. .-. -. . .|-. . .- - | |- -. -| -.- .
[A] File/center
[B] Format/center
[C] Click and drag the box to the center
[D] Click on the center alignment box
155. Collection of images that you can enter in your presentation by
using.
-.. .-. -. ~-. - --- ....... -| --| . | -| |.
[A] Clip art [B] Picture
[C] Video picture [D] All
156. Outline view displays the contents in.
~....- -- ...... . c | .|c-| -. .
[A] Special fonts [B] Different colors
[C] Bulleted effects [D] None
157. A .. is an electronic page in a presentation.
.-. -. ........ ~ ~ - electronic page .
[A] Work sheet [B] Document
[C] Slide [D] Table

149.C 150.D 151.B 152.B 153.A 154.D 155.A 156.C 157.C

206/272

158. Fly from left, bottom are
Fly from left ~- bottom .......... .
[A] Background setting [B] Animation effect
[C] Action setting [D] None
159. New presentation can be created by.
- .-. - ........ a.. |- ~ . -| -.- .
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Template
[C] Blank presentation [D] All of the above
160. Once you have interest chart on a slide you can edit it in future day.
~ - - -.| -... .. -. --. .- - ........ a.. - . -.| -| -| |.
[A] Dragging [B] Clicking
[C] Double click [D] None of the above
161. Which of the following should you use to crate a bar chart.
-| -.. | --. |---. .-|- a.. . .. -.| -.- .
[A] Microsoft organization [B] Microsoft graph
[C] Microsoft clip gallery [D] None of the above
162. If you which to . view you can work with one slide at a time.
...... -- -|- --. - --- ~ - - ~ - ~ -.. -.- -| -| |.
[A] Normal [B] Note page
[C] Slide [D] Sorter
163. . option is used to hide the slide in presentation.
|---| .-|- .-. -. -..- .. .. .- .
[A] Slide show hide slide [B] View-hide slide
[C] Format hade slide [D] None of the above
164. To Insert slide from another presentation we can use.
|~. .-. -. | -.. . . .. ~. .-|- -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Slide finder [B] Slide sorter
[C] Insert slides from file [D] None of the above
165. To delete the exiting clipart image.
~.- | -| ~.. ~- .||. -. ..
[A] Double click on image [B] Select image & press
del key
[C] Drag image outside [D] All of the above
166. The maximum number of slide in ms power point will be.
. |-.. - . - - .| -.. c| - .
[A] No limit [B] 25
[C] 256 [D] 255

158.D 159.C 160.C 161.B 162.C 163.A 164.C 165.B 166.A

207/272

167. The alignment to the text box is given from.
-| -... | ........ a.. . .|-- ~.- -. ~.| - .
[A] Left [B] Right
[C] Justified [D] All above
168. Which of the following can be used to create presentation from scratch.
-- . | - .-. - -.. .. -| -.. | .......... -| .-|- -| -.- .
[A] Auto content wizard [B] Design template
[C] Sample presentation [D] Blank presentation
169. In which view notes pane appears in power point.
. |-.. --. -- . -|. - -. c|- .
[A] Normal view [B] Outline view
170. Which of the following masters controls the appearance of all the slide.
-| -.. | --| |-- -| ~ -..-| .-. - . | -. .
[A] Handout master [B] Slide master
[C] Notes master [D] None of the above
171. There are . text alignments available in power poit.
. |-. . . ~. -. .. ....... |-- c|- .
[A] 5 [B] 4
[C] 3 [D] 2
172. When you are finished working with power point, you should do which
of the following.
~-. - . |-.. -.- -| | -. -| -.. | -. - ~|~ .
[A] Simple turn off the computer
[B] Choose file,exit from the menu
[C] Click the application close button
[D] Either b or c
173. In which view notes pane appears.
--. -- . -|. - c|- .
[A] Normal view [B] Outline view
[C] Both b and c [D] None of the above
174. In slide show menu which of the command is not available.
-..| - . | -| -.. | --| -.-. .-- -|.
[A] Action buttons [B] Slide transition
[C] Background [D] None of the above
175. .. is prepared by using power point.
. |-.-| .-|- -| ......... -.| -.- .
[A] Table [B] Database
[C] Worksheet [D] Presentation

167.D 168.D 169.A 170.B 171.B 172.D 173.A 174.C 175.D
208/272

176. To insert a new slide in the current presentation,we can choose.
. .-. -. -| -.. . . ~. ......... - -| -|~ |~ .
[A] Ctrl + M [B] Ctrl + N
[C] Ctrl + O [D] Ctrl + F
177. The boxes that are displayed to indicate that the text, pictures or
objects are placed in it is called..
~-. . . |- ~. ~|~ -. -. . .. - |- - - ........ -c .
[A] Placeholder [B] Auto text
[C] Text box [D] Word art
178. In power point hyperlink can identify by.
. |-.. c.|- ........ a.. -. c|- .
[A] Underline [B] Bold
[C] Italic [D] All

176. A 177. A 178. A

209/272

WINDOWS

1. To hide the clock from the taskbar which command is used?
..--. | -|-- - -. .. --. -.-.-| .-|- .-
[A] Show clock [B] Hide clock
[C] View clock [D] None
2. Which of the following command insert the information form clipboard?
-| -.. | --| -.-. -||. . | .|c-| -. - .
[A] Send to [B] Cut
[C]Copy [D] Paste
3. Which is the shortcut key to close any application run under windows?
|-.|.. c | -| . ~ -|- -- - -. - |. -. -| .
[A] F4 [B] Alt +f4
[C] Alt +f + n [D] None
4. TO switch between different application in window the short used is ?
~- ~- . ~ -|--- -. .. |-.|. . - |. -. -| .- .
[A] Alt +tab [B] Alt +space
[C] Alt +shift +enter [D] None of the above
5. To activate the start menu the shortcut key used is .
-... - - -.-. -|- -. .. ....... |. -. -| .-|-. .- .
[A] Ctrl + esc [B] Alt +esc
[C] Shift + esc [D] Shift +tab
6. Operating system is acts as ........... between user and computer.
.-|---. ~- -|--- . - ~| .| - |-. ......... -|- -.- - .
[A] Interchange [B] Interface
[C] Inperaction [D] None
7. which of the following operating systems do you choose to implement a
client server network ?
-| -..| - ~| .|- |-. -.-. - .- --| -. .. -| .
[A] MS DOS [B] Windows 95
[C]windows 98 [D] Windows 2000
8. Page stealing..........
~ -.||- ~ ........... .
[A] is a sing of an efficient system
[B] Is talking page frames from other working sets
[C] Should be the tuning goal
[D] is talking larger disk spaces for pages paged out
9. The operating system manages .............
~| .|- |-......... - ~ - .
[A] Memory [B] Processes
[C] Disks and l\o devices [D] All of the above
10. Press any key to continue get with .............
~ -| -| . --.|-- .............. . ~.- .
[A] Exit [B] Pause
[C] Echo [D] None

1. A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. B
210/272

11. Close file...............
-. - -| ~ . ..........
[A] Automatic save a file [B] Delete from RAM
[C] Delete from Windows [D] None
12. In GUI for working best device...........
GUI . -.- -- c- .-- .............. .
[A] Touch Screen [B] Command Line
[C] Mouse pointing and click [D] None
13. Which of the following is not a function of windows operating system?
-| -.. | |-.|. ~| .| - |-. -- -.- -- -|
[A] Manage I/O device
[B] Mange file system
[C] Allows to send data from one computer to another
14. Driver files are used to............
. . -.-| .-|-............. .. -| -.- .
[A] Enable to all drives [B] Used to install program
[C] A & B [D] None
15. A windows 2000 grouping of files known as............
|-.|. ooo . -.-| c........... | ~|~.- .
[A] Folder [B] Subfolders
[C] File [D] Dairy
16. If you will add any hardware, which of the following program you need.
~| - -| - c.. . |, -| -| -..| --. |- .-| ~, . .
[A] Device Driver [B] Application Software
[C] Driver [D] Nothing
17. What is the process to put a picture as a desktop ?
. --.| -|- |- -. .. -| |--. -
[A] Start Control Panel Display [B] Start Wallpaper display
[C] Start Desktop Display [D] None of the above
18. In windows file created are stored in which folder?
|-.|.. -. | -.- --. -|-.. -.| -.-
[A] My documents [B] My computer
[C] Document [D] None
19. A selected folder contains several files and several subfolder. Which of the
following is removed if you press delete key ?
-| | -. -.- -|-.. ~- - -. ~- -|-. c|- . ~| - delete key -| -|
-| -.. | delete
[A] The files in folder only [B] The Sub folder only
[C] Folder & its entire content [D] None of the above
20. Tile option is present in which option of display properties?
|.- |.| .-. --. |--. Tile ~|-- c
[A] Desktop [B] Setting
[C] Wallpaper [D] General

11. B 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. A 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. A
211/272

21. The following software if used under MS windows to browse web.
-| -.. | -- |-. Ms windows c ~ Web browse .. .- .
[A] Windows explorer [B] Internet Explorer
[C] Internet viewer [D] Front page
22. Which sub-menu CD-Player options is available?
CD-Player -| |-- --. sub-menu . .--
[A] System tools [B] Paint
[C] Entertainment [D] Notepad
23. Creating a new shortcut means............
- |. -. -. ~ -| ~ ................ .
[A] Copying original file with new name
[B] Renaming original file with view name
[C] Copying part of file with a new name
[D] None of these
24. In Word Pad tab option is present in...................
. .. . ~|--............. . ~. .
[A] Insert [B] Find
[C] Format [D] View
25. Most of menu items selected and deselected by using.
...........-. .-|- a.. |..-.--| - ~..- | -. ~- |.| -. -| -.- .
[A] Editor [B] Cursor
[C] Mouse [D] Window
26. Using click and drag method.............
Click ~- drag -|--. .-|- . ..............
[A] Copy & Move file & folder in windows explorer
[B] Change the size of window
[C] Move & Window
[D] All of above
27. For three button mouse the middle button is used for.................
..-. .-. | - .- ........-|- .. .
[A] Open the program [B] Select the text area
[D] Mouse button is not in use [D] None of the above
28. In windows Refresh option is used to ...............
|-.|. Refresh ~|---| .-|- ........ .. .- .
[A] Refresh the content of file [B]Refresh the GUL
[C] Restart windows [D] None of the above
29. To maximize the current window one can .............
. |-.|.- -|.. -. ........... -| -.- .
[A] Double click on title bar of window
[B] Click on maximize bottom of window
[C] Press alt+ space bar and press X

21. B 22. C 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. D 27. D 28. B 29. D

212/272

30. An application can be opened through shortcut on desktop by ........
-| ~ --- ........ |.-. -| a.. . --.| || -.- .
[A] Double clicking on its shortcut
[B] Right clicking and choosing open option
[C] Selecting the icon and pressing Enter key
31. IF two applications are open in the screen you can switch on to specify app
by.......
~| -| ~ -|- - -- |- . ~|- c|- -| - |-- ~ -|- -- . -. ........ -| .-|- -|
-| |.
[A] Click on appropriate application on taskbar
[B] Start- program specific program
[C] Either A or B
[D] You can not
32. Which of the following will display shortcut menu of the window ?
-| -.. | -- |.-. - -. ~.--|-- - . .
[A] Click [B] Right click
[C] Double click q [D] Middle click
33. Pressing the print screen keyboard places image of the window?
|-. -- |- -| -..| -| |. -| -..| - ~--.~ ~ -|
[A] IN wordpad [B] IN clip board
[C] on the desktop [D] on keyboard
34. TO activate the menu bar in windows application generally .......... key is
used .
|-.|. ~ -|- -. -.- -.-. -|- -. .. ..-- |- ...... -| -| .-|- .- .
[A] Ctrl [B] Alt
[C] Shift [D] Space
35. The shortcut key for copy and paste is...........
Copy ~- paste -| |. -. -| .......... .
[A] Ctrl +A & Ctrl +B [B] Ctrl +C & Ctrl +v
[C] Ctrl +C & Ctrl +B [D] None of the above
36. currently we are working on paintbrush under win 98 operating system
the function key F1 depends upon .......
|-.|. 98 ~| .|- |-.. ~. -. . -.- --. c|~ -. - -- -| F1............
~.-.|- c
[A] Paint brush [B] Windows
[C] Both A&B [D] None
37. All the hardware setting can be done in............
-. ~ -.-. c.. .| -............. . .- .
[A] Control panel [B] Task bar
[C] Window [D] None
38. In window explorer if want to select all the files from drive.
|-.|. ~ --|. ~| c - - -.- . .. | |-. -. . - -|....
[A] View select all [B] Press Ctrl + A
[C] Click tool invert [D] All the above

30. D 31. A 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. A 38. B

213/272

39. Taskbar in windows explorer is used to view.............
|-.|. ~ --|. ..--............ .. .-|-. .- .
[A] Minimize icon of currently running application
[B] Free disk space in all physical a 7 logical drive
[C] Total filess
[D] All the above
40. If you want to work in windows environment .......... external device is require.
~| - |-.|.. -. -. . --. c|- -|........... ~ -.- |.. .--) -| ~, . .
[A] CD ROM [B] Mouse
[C] Scanner [D] Printer
41. The title bar of any window application............
-| |-.| ~ -|- -. ............... c|- .
[A] Is at the top of window [B] At the bottom of window
[C] At center of window [D] None of the above
42. The symbols like W,E,0 etc are available in the application named.............
W, E, 0 - ~ . |-c| .......... -.| ~ -|- -. .-- .
[A] Character map [B] Calculator
[C] Paint [D] None
43. In windows you can search file..........
|-.|.. - -.- ............ |- |-| -| |.
[A] Type & containing text [B] By data of creation
[C] By their name [D] All the above
44. You can not modify the content of...........
- ............. -| .|c-|- -.| --. -|.
[A] Read only file [B] Active file
[C] System file [D] None
45. To active menu bar which function key is used..............
-.- -.-. |-- -. .. .......... - -- -| -| .-|- .- .
[A] F1 [B] F2
[C] F10 [D] F7
46. In windows explorer to create a new folder using........
|-.|. ~ --|. - -|-. -.. .. - .-. .-|- a.. ......... - .-|-. .- .
[A] File [B] Edit
[C] Help [D] Tools
47. In windows explorer the + sign indicate............
|-.|. ~ --|. + - |-c .......... |-- - .
[A] Folder [B] File
[C] Sub Folder [D] Sub file
48. In windows explorer which view is not available?
|-.|. ~ --|. -| -..| -- .-- -|
[A] Large icons [B] Details
[C] Normal [D] List

39. A 40. B 41. A 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. C 48. C
214/272

49. Windows explorer is a file management program that you can use to.
|-.|. ~ --| ~ - -. - ~ -. -. ..-| |- . - -| .-|-............
[A] View and change the file/folder structures of your disk
[B] View and change the contents of your files
[C] Move, Rename, Copy, Create and Delete folders and File
50. To close the window operating system which option is used?
|-.|. ~| .| - |-.- - -. .. --| |-- .-
[A] Shut down [B] Run
[C] Find [D] Documents
51. To search the file/folder under windows which option is used?
|-.|. c ~ -. / -|-. |-. --| |-- .- .
[A] Shut down [B] Run
52. The programs or applications are located in.............. option?
|- .- ~- ~ -|-- ........... |--. c . c|- .
[A] Programs [B] Run
53. Favorite web sites can b loaded by.
--|-| .. ............. . | |. -| -.- .
[A] Start Favorite [B] Start like
[C] Start [D] All the above
54. Computer clock speed .............
-|--- .-| +.|-.-| -|. ............. .
[A] Is the speed of the inner clock of a computer
[B] Given the frequency at which pulses are generated and processed
[C] Is speed of internal buses of Computer.
[D] None of these
55. One of the statements is not true?
-| -..| -- |-.- . -|
[A] In its default settings, a word processor dose not hyphenate the text
[B] Hyphenating helps when you are dealing with thin column text
[C] By hyphenating, the look of the justified thin column will looked greatly
improved.
[D] Microsoft word hyphenates text in its default setting
56. Word wraps means ..........
word wraps -| ~ .........
[A] Inserting space between word
[B] Aligning text with the right margin
[C] Moving text automatically in the text line
[D] None of these

49. D 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. A 54. B 55. D 56. C

215/272

57. Which one of the following statements is true?
-| -..| -- |-.- . .
[A] Line spacing can be set to 1.5
[B] A specified spacing can be left before and after any paragraph
[C] Both A&B
58. Replace command is available on ...........
Replace -.-. ..... -. ~. . .
[A] File menu [B] Edit menu
[C] view menu [D] Format menu
59. When you select replace the replace ..... option on the edit menu , the
dialog box which appears is called .
~-. - Replace |-- Edit menu .| - -| | -. ~ |- ~|. ~ - - ...... -c .-
.
[A] Find dialog box [B] Find and replace dialog box
[C] Replace dialog box [D] Edit dialog box
60. What is the term used for the word processing programs that show you
directly on the PC screen the appearance of your final documents you might
expect when the document is printed on the paper ..................
. ||- |- .. -.. ||-| -- |- ~ | .c|-| . | -. -| -.- - .........
[A] Search &replace [B] Pagination
[C] Soft copy [D] WYSIWYG
61. A bar at the bottom of the screen that shows what word is prepared to do
next is called ........
. c |- -- -.- -. - -. - -. -| -- |--| . | -| ~. | . - ....... -c .
[A] Status bar [B] Title bar
[C] task bar [D ] None of the above
62. At the top of the document where the name of the document is displayed is
called.......
---. ~-. .| .-. -.-. - ~-. ---. ~- -. -... ~. - - ..... -c .
[A] Title bar [B] Status bar
[C] Tool bar [D] Task
63 Status bar shows types of keys .
status bar --. -.-| -| -.
[A] Num lock key [B] caps lock key
[C] Scroll lock key [D] All of these
64. Palettes that can be tear off are.
-| -.. | - . - -| -.-
[A] Line color [B] Font color
[C] Fill color [D] All of the above
65. Which of the following is the Graphic Package?
-| -.. | -- - .|-- - ~
[A] Adobe page maker [B] Acrobat Reader
[C] Microsoft [D] Corel DRAW

57. C 58. B 59. B 60. D 61. A 62. A 63. D 64. D 65. D

216/272

66. When you move the mouse pointer towards the left side of the window, it
changes to a right pointing arrow. This pointing area is referred to as.
~-. - .. |-.- ..| -- ~.~| | -. - ~| ---. |-.| - ~ |. -.- . ~.
|--. ............ -|- ~.~.- ~. .
[A] Selection Bar [B] Selection Beam
[C] Selection Pointer [D] None of the above
67. Which among the following is not a Programming Language?
-| -.. | - |- .| - -... -|
[A] Java [B] COBOL
[C] Unix [D] Pascal
68. An electronic page in a presentation is called............
- .- -. -. ||-- ~- ............. -c .- .
[A] Slide [B] e-slide
[C] e-page [D] Page
69. Professional looking visual adds are prepared with the help of software
called ?
-| -.. | --. |-. -| -- . |- - ~.c .-| -.| -.-
[A] Multimedia software [B] DBMS
[C] Presentation Graphics Software [D] Graphics Software
70. Swapping ....................
- | - ~ ...............
[A] Work best with may many small partitions
[B] Allows many programs to use memory simultaneously
[C] Allows each program in turn to use the memory
[D] Does not work with overlaying
71. FAT stands for.............
FAT ~ . ............
[A] File Accommodation Table [B] File Access Tape
[C] File Allocation Table [D] File Activity Table
72. When a computer is first turned on restarted, a special type of absolute
loader called............. is executed.
~-. -|--- . c |. - ~. -| . .- -. . -.- ~ - |.........~ -.|-- . .- .
[A] Compile and Go loader [B] Boot loader
[C] Bootstrap loader [D] Relating loader
73. Poor response times are usually caused by.
~|| - ..-- |- .......... -. .- .
[A] Process busy [B] High I/O rates
[C] High paging rates [D] Any of the above
74. Which of the following program is not a utility?
-| -.. | --| |- . - .||.| -|
[A] Debugger [B] Editor
[C] Spooler [D] All of the above

66. A 67. C 68. A 69. C 70. C 71. C 72. C 73. D 74. C

217/272

75. A co processor..........
-| | ~ ...........
[A] Is relatively easy to support in software
[B] Causes all processors to function equally
[C] Works with any application
[D] Is quite common in modem computers
76. Which among the following are the best tools for fixing errors on disks ?
.|-- c | ~ - ) - ---| -. .. -| -.. | -- . .
[A] FDISK [B] SCANDISK
[C] CHKDSK [D] FIXDSK
77. VIRUS stands for.............
.- ~ . ...........
[A] Very Important Resource Under Search
[B] Virtual Information Resource Under Size
[C] Verify Interchange Result Until Source
[D] Very Important Record User Searched
78. .............. runs on computer hardware and serve as platform for other
software to run on.
........... ~ -|--- . c.. - - - ~- |~. |-. - - -. .. - .-| , .. .
[A] Operating system [B] Application Software
[C] System Software [D] All
79. ............... is the layer of a computer system between the hardware and the
user program.
c.. ~- - . |- . - .......... ~ -|--- . |-.- - .
[A] Operating environment [B] Operating system
[C] System environment [D] None
80. The primary purpose of an operating system is..............
~| .| - |-.-| - c - ............. .
[A] To make the most efficient use of the computer hardware
[B] To Allow people to use the computer
[C] To keep system programmers employed
[D] To make computers easier to use
81. ................. system is built directly on the hardware.
............... |-. |.| c.. - | .
[A] Environment [B] System
[C] Operating [D] None
82. Multiprogramming systems..........
-.| |- .| - |-. ~ . ............
[A] Are easier to develop than single programming systems
[B] Execute each job faster
[C] Execute more jobs in the same time period
[D] Are used only one large mainframe computers

75. A 76. B 77. B 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. C 82. C

218/272

83. ............ is the first program run on a computer when the computer boots up.
-|--- . ~-. . ~ .- -. ............ ~ c | |- . .
[A] System software [B] Operating system
[C] System operations [D] None
84. ............ shares characteristics with both hardware and software.
............ . c.. ~- |-. - c .
[A] Operating system [B] Software
[C] Data [D] None
85. ............. is used in operating system to separate Mechanism from. policy.
........... ~| .| - |- -|. |||- ~-| - .
[A] Single level implementation [B] Two level implementation
[C] Multi level implementation [D] None
86. Interface consists of things like program counter, registers, interrupts and
terminals.
.......... -.- ~ .- . -..-., -. ~- -. - ~- .| - . -~.- .
[C] Data [D] None
87. The operating system creates............ from the physical computer.
~| .| - |-........... -.-| -|.|- -|--- . -. .
[A] Virtual space [B] Virtual computers
[C] Virtual device [D] None
88. Where are the start button appears is know as...............
-... .-............ -|- ~|~.- .
[A] Taskbar [B] Icon
[C] Shortcut [D] Standard Toolbar
89. Which option is used in window to apply the program ?
|- .-| ~ -. .. |-.|.. --. |---| .-|- .-
[A] Search [B] Control Panel
[C] My computer [D] Run
90. Which button is used to close the computer ?
-|--- .- - -| - . --. .- -|- -.. ~. .
[A] Switch User [B] Turn Off
[C] Log Off [D] Restart
91. What is the process to create a new folder.
- -|-. -.. .. -| -.. | -- Process ~.
[A] New-File-Folder [B] Folder-New-File
[C] File-New-Folder [D] All
92. By which process we can change the name of a folder ?
-|-.- -. -.-| |- -. -
[A] File-Rename [B] File-Change Rename
[C] File-New Name [D] None of above

83. B 84. A 85. B 86. A 87. A 88. A 89. D 90. B 91. C 92. D

219/272

93. Which option of control panels is used to remove installed program in
windows?
|-.|.. --.| - |- .- - -. .. Control Panel -| --| |-- .-|-. .-
[A] Add Hardware [B] Add of Remove Programs
[C] Remove Programs [D] None
94. In which sub menu Disk cleanup option is available?
Disk cleanup -| |-- --.. .--
[A] Entertainment [B] Communications
[C] Accessibility [D] System tools
95. Which sub menu Network setup wizard option is available?
Network setup wizard -| |-- --. sub menu . .--
[A] Entertainment [B] Communications
[C] Accessibility [D] System tools
96. Which of the following icon is used to recover the file which is deleted by
mistake?
- | - -- | -. -: .-- -. -|-.. | --. ~.-|--| .-|- .-
[A] Restore [B] Undelete
[C] Recycle Bin [D] Regain
97. The Maximum number of characters for extensions of file is.
-.-. ~ -. -- .. -.. -. ........ ~. -../~. .| -.- .
[A] 08 [B] 11
[C] 05 [D] 03
98. While giving the file name one can use.............
-.- -. ~... ~. -. ........... .-|-. -.-.
[A] Alphabets [B] Numbers
[C] Underscore [D] All
99. To set the Screen sever select the......... Option.
Screen sever - . -. .. ......... |-- .
[A] Start control panel display screen saver
[B] From desktop properties screen saver
[C] Start control panel taskbar
[D] Both A & B
100. What is the full form of CLR ?
CLR - , -.
[A] Close Last Report [B] Close Life Report
[C] Close Long Report [D] Command Line Interface

93. B 94. D 95. B 96. C 97. D 98. D 99. D 100. D

220/272

Internet
The word INTERNET is the
combination of two word.
Internet
Interconnection Network
What is Network ?
When two or more computers are connected to
each other by cable and they can exchange the
data that is called a Network. These computers
can be within a walking distance or in the same
building of the office.
Networking computers allows data to be
transmitted from one machine to another in rapid
and easily. By using Networking we can access
printer, cd/dvd drive, Flopy Drive that are located
on a single machine.
221/272

Terms of Networking
1. Node : - The PCs and the server are known as
network devices or network nodes. In general, a
device or node is connected directly to the network
cable or data path.
2. Server : - The term server refers to any device that
offers a service to network users. A server can be
hardware, software or both. Serves can be PCs which
provide the service to other computer.
3. Client : - The client computer refers to any device that
sends the request for information to the server.
4. Media : - The media is refer to the data path. Media
can be bounded such as a cable/wire through which
computer are connected to each other.
Types of Networking
There are three basic types of networks.
Local Area Network or LAN
Metropolitan Area Network or MAN
Wide Area Network or WAN
Local Area Network or LAN
A local area network is two or more computer
linked directly within a small area such as a room,
building, or group of closely placed buildings.
A LAN usually consists of the following ;
1. Two or more computers
2. Peripheral devices such as printer, hard disk
drives.
3. Special cables to connect the computer
4. A plug in board to handle the data
transmissions such as HUB, SWITCH.
222/272

Metropolitan Area Network or MAN
A Metropolitan Area Network is connection
of computer wi thin a campus or city. MAN
network i s span up to 50 kms.
Wide Area Network or WAN
A Wide Area Network is two or more
computers that are linked over world wide by
communication facilities such as Telephone
System or Microwave.
A Wide Area Network is also called Internet.
Topology
These are the ways in which you can
connect the various computers for
networking. This physical arrangement is
called Topology. Different types of
topologies are :
1. Bus Topology
2. Ring Topology
3. Star Topology
223/272

Bus Topology
A Bus Topology is also called Linear Topology.
In Bus Topology all nodes are connected with
central main cable.
If any one node gets effect then there is no
effect on the other nodes because they are
independently connected with central main
cable.
The main disadvantage of this topology is, if
central main cable get effect the network does
not work.
Ring Topology
Ring Topology is also called circular topology. A
ring topology is a collection of individual point to
point link that create circle.
A ring topology has all the nodes attached to a
circle without a central or a host computer. If any
node gets effect then network does not work.
In ring topology computers are arranged in circle.
Data travel around the ring in one direction with
each device on a ring acting as a repeater.
224/272

Star Topology
In the Star Topology a central computer is
called a host computer which provides
interface require for connecting number of
computers.
If any one node gets effect then there is no
effect on the other nodes because they are
independently connected with server.
The main disadvantages of this topology is,
if central node get effect the whole network
does not work.
Server
225/272

Protocol
Networks provide computers the basic ability
of transferring bits from one computer to
another. In order to use networks We need a
set of rules. This is called a protocol. A
communication protocol is a standard that is
designed to specify how computers interact
and exchange messages.
Different types of Protocol
1. PPP (Point To Point Protocol)
2. FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
3. HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Proto
4. TCP (Transmission Control
Protocol)
5. IP (Internet Protocol)
PPP (Point To Point Protocol)
It is communication protocol, used over
serial lines to support Internet
connectivity. Used to linked personal
computes to the Internet through
modems and telephone lines.
226/272

FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
It is used to transfer files from one
computer to another. It is a very
commonly used procedure to download
and upload files over a internet.
HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)
It is used as the communication
protocol to the transport hypertext
documents over the Internet. It tells
the server what to send to the
client, so that the client can view
Web pages.
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)
Transmission Control Protocol is a
widely used protocol which established
the connection between server and
client.
227/272

IP (Internet Protocol)
IP allows data transmission by identifying each machine on
the Internet by a unique IP address. In fact, each IP
address is made up of a unique set of numbers.
Ex. 192.22.1.115 156.255.36.28
128.174.5.6 255.255.255.256
IP Address consist of 4 number separated by period. Each
number is known as octet. Each octet must be between 0
to 255.
Features of IP address
1. IP addresses are Unique.
2. No two machines can have the same IP number.
3. IP addresses are also global and standardized.
4. All machines connected to the Internet agree to use
the same scheme for establishing an address.
Introduction to Internet
The Internet is the collection of
computer networks. Thus, the internet
is the global network of networks which
use the TCP/IP protocols to interact
with other TCP/IP networks. Electronic
mail messaging, remote login, file
transfer and other related services
provide by Internet.
Data Transmission Mode
There are three ways to transmitting data
from one point to another.
There are
Simplex
Half Duplex
Full Duplex
228/272

Sender
Receiver
Simplex
Sender
( or Receiver )
Receiver
( or Sender )
Or
Half - Duplex
Sender
( or Receiver )
Receiver
( or Sender )
And
Full - Duplex
Simplex
In simplex, communication can be
take place in only one direction. The
device connected to such a circuit are
either send-only or receive only
device.
Ex. Printer, Satellite Disk
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
229/272

Half - Duplex
A Half-Duplex system can
transmit data in both the direction
as a time. Thus, a half-duplex line
can alternately send or receive
data.
Ex. walkie-talkie
Full-Duplex
A Full-Duplex system is used that
allows information to flow
simultaneously in both the
direction on the transmission
path.
Ex. Local Area Network
230/272

Data Transmission Speed
The communication data transfer rate is
measured in a unit called baud. In general
usage, baud is identical to bits per second.
Depending on there transmission speed
communication channels are group into
three basic categories.
1.Narrowband
2.Voice band
3.Broadband
Narrowband : - Narrowband channels rang
in speed from 45 to 300 baud. They are
mainly used for telegraph line and low
speed terminals.
Voice band : Voice band channels transmit
data at speeds up to 9600 baud. They are
used for data transmission from I/O devices
to CPU or from CPU to slow I/O device.
Broadband : Broadband channels transmit
data at speed rate is 1 million baud or more.
The use of broadband facility for high-
speed computer-to computer
communication.
Data Transmission Media
231/272

Unshielded Twisted Pair Wire (UTP)
The cable has four pairs of wires inside the
jacket. Each pair is twisted to help higher
transmission rate.
The EIA / TIA (Electronic Industry
Association / Telecommunication Industry
Association) has established standards of
UTP and rated five categories of wire. They
are :
1. Category 1 Voice Only
2 Category 2 Data to 4 Mbps
3. Category 3 Data to 10 Mbps
Coaxial Cable
232/272

Coaxial cable are group of specially wrapped
wire lines that are able to transmit data at
higher rates. They consist of central copper
wire surrounded by a PVC insulation over
which copper mesh is place. The metal
sleeve is again shielded by an outer shield of
thick PVC material. The signal transmitted by
the inner copper mesh is placed.
Coaxial cable offers much higher bandwidth
than twisted pair cable and are capable of
transmitting digital signal rate of 10 mega
bits per second. They are generally used in
long distance telephone lines and as TV
cable.
Optical Fibers
Fiber Optic Cable consists of a centre
glass core surrounded by several
layers of protective materials. It
transmits light rather then electronic
signals.
Fiber optic cable has the ability to
transmit signals over much longer
distances then the coaxial and twisted
pair. It also has the capability to carry
information at vastly greater speeds.
233/272

Microwave
Another popular transmission media
is microwave. Microwave signal use
very high frequency signal to transmit
through space. Microwave system
permit data transmission rate about
16 giga bits per second.
History of Internet
In 1969 the Department of Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency (ARPA) created a network is called
ARPANET. ARPANET stands for Advanced Research
Project Agency Network.
After that this network is connected four host
computer at four separate Universities throughout the
United States.
By 1972 there were 37 host computers connected to
ARPANET.
In 1972 telnet is developed by the National Center for
Supercomputing Application (NCSA) for connect to a
remote computer.
In 1986 NSF (National Science Foundation) connected
the nations six supercomputing centers together. This
network is called NSFNET.
234/272

History of Internet
In 1990 ARPANET is dissolved.
In 1991 Gopher is developed at the University of
Minnesota. Gopher providing and locating information on
the Internet.
In 1993 the European Laboratory for Physics in
Switzerland released the WWW developed by Tim
Burners Lee. The WWW uses Hypertext Transfer Protocol
(HTTP).
In 1993-1994 the graphical web browsers Mosaic and
Netscape Navigator are introduced.
Types of Connectivity
There are several ways to connect to the
Internet.
1. Dedicated Internet Access
2. PC dial-up access
Dedicated Internet Access
It needs dedicated a line connecting your
LAN or PC to the internet 24 Hours a day.
A dedicated Internet access requires
investment in equipment and a monthly
fee for the use of the line. It varies with line
capacity.
235/272

2. PC Dial-Up Connection
This is the simplest type of connection to
internet. You need a computer modem and
any of the popular telecommunications
packages. The user dials to an Internet
236/272

ISP (Internet Service Provider)
An Internet service provider (ISP, also
called Internet access provider or IAP) is a
company that offers its customers access to
the Internet. The ISP connects to its
customers using a data transmission
technology such as dedicated internet
connection or dial-up connection.
WWW or W3, Web (World Wide Web)
The World-Wide-Web (often referred to
simply as the Web) is a hypertext system. It
displaying individual documents from
anywhere on the Internet which provide links
to other Internet documents. By using Web
we can access wide variety of resources
such as text, image, audio or video that are
available via the Internet. The WWW is
developed in 1993 by Tim Berners Lee.
237/272

Web Browser
A browser is a software program that acts as an interface
between the user and the World Wide Web. The browser
sends requests for information that is available on the
Internet and displays the information for the user. There are
two types of Web Browser text based & graphical web
browser. A text based browser shows a user text only. A
graphical browser allows the user to see more of what the
WWW has to offer, such as graphics, photographs, and
multimedia.
Lynx is the example of text based browser.
Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, Mozila Firefox are
the graphical web browsers & they are very much popular
now a day.
Web Page
A web page is a unit of Information, often
called a document that is available over the
World Wide Web. Web pages are created
using HTML, which defines the contents of a
web page such as images, text, hyperlinks,
video and audio files etc.. Web pages are
sent and received through HTTP.
Web Search Engines
A web search engine is an interactive tool to help
people locate information available via the World Wide
Web. Web search engines are actually database that
contain references to thousands of resources. Users
are able to interact with the database, submitting
queries that ask the database.
There are many search engines available on the web. A
web search engine provides an interface between the
user and database.
Some of the most common search engines are
1. AltaVista
2. Excite
3. Lycos
4. Opentext
5. Infoseek
6. Yahoo!
7. Khoj (Indias first search engine)
8. Google
238/272

Domain Name
Domain Name is a way to identifying and
locate computer connected to the Internet. A
domain name must be unique. No two
organizations on the Internet can have the
same domain name. A domain name always
contains two or more components separated
by period, called dots. Some examples of
domain names are : ibm.com, nasa.gov,
tcs.co.in etc.
Electronic Mail
The most common of the communication methods used by people to
send and receive messages and data through the internet.
The following are the popular web sites which allow you to open an e-mail
account.
www.yahoo.com, www.hotmail.com, www.rediff.com, www.gmail.com
etc..
By using this web sites you can open an e-mail account.
The following folder is generally display in e-mail account.
Inbox For all incoming messages
Outbox For all messages queued for sending
Sent Items For all messages previously sent
Deleted Item For all messages marked for deletion
Drafts For all messages which are pending completion
Protocol used with E-Mail
POP3 Post Office Protocol is used for storing the Internet mail
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is used for sending the
simple text formats mail
MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension is used for sending
text as well as graphics through the mail.
239/272

URL
URL stands for Uniform Resource Locator to locate
resources on the Internet.
Therefore URL is a way to locate computers and internet
resources and is used to identify specific sites and files
available on the World Wide Web.
The structure of URL is :
Protocol://server.subdomain.top-level-domain/directory/filename
Example
http://www.healthyway.com/exercise/mtbike.html
Internet Glossary
CGI (Common Gateway Interface) : - A standard that allows
Web servers to run External Applications such as search
engines.
Firewall :- Hardware or software the restricts traffic to a
private network from an unsecured network.
HTML (Hyper Text Markup Language) :- The language with
which World Wide Web documents are formatted. It defines
fonts, graphics, hypertext links and other details.
JAVA :- An object-oriented language, developed by Sun
Microsystems, for writing Web application.
ODBC (Open Database Connectivity ) :- An interface
developed by Microsoft to let clients access multiple
database.
URL (Uniform Resource Locator) :- A standardized character
string that identifies the location of an internet document.
Web Server :- A server that stores and retrieves HTML
documents and other Internet resources using HTTP. Also
called an HTTP server.
Home Page : - The first page of a web site.
240/272

CCC
COURSE ON COMPUTER CONCEPT
Computer Basic
What is a Computer?
A computer is an electronic device, which receives
Input ( data) , then Process on it, & gives Output
(Information) to us.
The main functions of the Computer are as follows.
Input
Process
Output
3
FUNDAMENTAL THEORY
241/272

4
Computer Basic
What is an Input?
The data which we enters into the computer is called an
Input.
What is the Processing?
After entering the data into the computer, Computer
does process on it , & that is called the Processing.
What is an output?
Result of Processing is called an Output.
OR
Processed data is called an Output.
Computer Basic
What is an Input device?
The device which is used for entering the
data into the computer is called an Input
devices .
for e.g. Keyboard, Mouse, Scanner etc.
242/272

Computer Basic
What is the Processing device?
The device which does process is called a
Processing device.
for e.g. CPU- Central Processing Unit.
Computer Basic
What is an Output device?
The device which shows the output. for
e.g. Monitor, Printer, Plotter ( Civil
Engineers) etc.
Computer Memory measurement
Commonly we enter the data into English
Language, but Computer never
understands the English or any other
Regional languages. Computer always
understands the Machine language.
Machine language has only two digits
Zeros & Ones ( 0s, 1s).
243/272

Computer Basic
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
When we type capital letter "A" from the
keyboard it signals are transferred like
(0100 0001)
Bit -Binary Digit
01001010
01101010
01101111
10001111
10000000
Computer Basic
Bits & Bytes
8 Bits 1 Byte
2
10
1024 Bytes 1 KB( Kilo Byte- thousand of bytes)
2
20
1024 KB 1 MB( Mega Byte -1 Millions of bytes)
2
30
1024 MB 1 GB( Giga Byte -1 Billions of bytes)
2
40
1024 GB 1 TB ( Tera Byte) Trillion of bytes
1000 000 000 000
KB MB GB TB
2
9
= 512
2
10=
1024
2
11=
2048
12
244/272

Computer Basic
Concept of Hardware/Software/Liveware
What is Hardware?
The parts of computer which we can see & touch
for eg. Keyboard, Mouse , Monitor, Printer,
Speaker etc
What is the Software?
The programs which in computer are called
Software.
Computer Basic
Hardware
Software
Liveware
1
2
3
Computer Basic
What is a CPU?
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit, is
a chip located on Motherboard. It performs
mathematical calculations & logic
functions. The CPU is often referred to as
the brain of the computer because it
administers the functions of other
components. When user say their machine
has a Pentium III processor, they are
talking about the CPU chip.
15
245/272

This is a Cabinet not a
CPU. It is a CPU box
246/272

19
20
247/272

Computer Basic
Parts of CPU
INPUT
OUTPUT
MU
CU
ALU
MU:- Memory Unit
CU:- Control Unit
ALU:- Arithmetic & Logic Unit
Mass Storage Device.
WHEN YOU PURCHASE A COMPUTER
THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF
COMPUTERS ARE AVAILABLE NOW A
DAYS
1. BRANDED COMPUTER
A COMPUTER WHICH HAS ALL DEVICES
HAS A ONE BRAND NAME.
2. ASSEMBLE COMPUTER
A COMPUTER WHICH HAS ALL DEVICES
HAS A DIFFERENT BRAND NAME.
Computer Basic
List of CPU names
Pentium I
Pentium II
Pentium III
Pentium IV
Celeron
AMD Athalon ( Advance Micro Devices).
List of latest models of CPU
1) Pentium Dual Core 2) Intel Core 2 Solo,
3) Intel Core 2 Duo, 4) Intel Core 2 Extreme
5) Intel Core to Quad 6) Intel Centrino Pro
All these CPUs are made by Micro-Chips, thats why CPU is
also called Microprocessor.
The Speed of CPU is measured in MegaHertz (mHz).
248/272

Classification of Computers
Micro Computers
Mini Computers
Mainframe Computer
Super Computer
Digital Computer
Analog Computer Hybrid Computer
Digital Computer
Digital computers process information which is essentially in a binary or two state
form, such as zero & one . Digital Computers fall into ranges called Micro-
computers, Mini-Computers, Mainframe-Computers, & Super-Computers
classified in ascending order of size Small, Medium, Large, & Very Large.
Micro Computers
Mini Computers
Mainframe Computer
Super Computer
Digital Computer
Size
Storage Capacity
Speed
Prices
PARAM 10000 IS 1
ST
INDIAN SUPER COMPUTER DEVELPED
BY DR. VIJAY BHATKAR AT C-DAC PUNE IN 1991.
26
249/272

PARAM 10000 FIRST INDIAN SUPER
COMPUTER
The NASA Columbia
Supercomputer.
Micro Computers
Mini Computers
Mainframe Computer
Super Computer
Digital Computer
Multi-user Computers
Single User
Micro-Computers
PC ( Personal Computer)
Home Computer
Laptop-Notebook
Palmtop (PDA) Personal Digital Assistant
Mobile Phone
Pocket Calculator
Tablet PC
250/272

Analog Computer
Analog Computers handle or process information
which is of a physical nature , as for example
,temperature, pressure , electrical, mechanical etc.
Polish analog computer AKAT-1
32
251/272

OUTPUT DEVICES
LIST OF OUTPUT DEVICES
Monitor
Printers
LCD
Projection
Panels
Facsimile
(FAX)
Plotters Speakers
Computer
Output
Microfilm
Monitor
Monochrome
Monitor
Color
Monitor
LCD
Monitor
( VDU)-Visual Display Unit.& VDT (Visual Display Terminal)
252/272

MONITOR
Monitor:- Monitor is an output device that displays input and the result of processing. A Monitor is
a piece of electrical equipment which displays viewable images generated by a computer without
producing a permanent record. Monitor is also called VDU (Visual Display Unit). Monitor is an
output device. Using the monitor you can see the output of the processed data. There are three types
of monitors
1) Monochrome monitor 2) Color monitor 3) LCD monitor
Monochrome monitor displays the result in the Black & White. When Color monitor displays the
result in the color. Most monitors on PCs use the CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) technology similar use in
the television sets. Some computers can use TV sets as monitors. There are small dots on monitor
screen that is called a pixels. Laptop computers more often use LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) in
their monitors. A thin film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT-LCD) is a variant of liquid crystal
display (LCD) which uses (TFT) technology to improve image quality. It is often utilized in battery-
powered electronic devices because it uses very small amounts of electric power.
Monitor is connected the CPU box with the help of cable. Monitor comes in the different sizes like
9, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19 & even 21.
MONITOR
CRT MONITOR
MORE POWER
SUPPLY
MORE SPACE
LESS PRICE
LCD MONITOR
LESS POWER
SUPPLY
LESS SPACE
MORE PRICE
Computer Devices
Printer
Any information generated by the computer is displayed by the
monitor. This information or output can be printed on paper with
the help of printer. A printer can print both text & picture. Printout
is called hard copy. Printers can be divided into two distinct
categories
Printer
Impact Printer Non Impact Printer
Dot Matrix printer
Daisy wheel printer
Line printer
Chain printer
Drum printer
Inkjet printer
LASER printer
Dot Matrix Printer
LASER Printer
Inkjet Printer
38
253/272

Characteristics of Printer
Dot Matrix Printer Inkjet Printer Laser Printer
Price Rs. 7000/- & more Rs.2500/- & more Rs. 10000/- & more
Speed Fast Faster Fastest
Print Quality Good Better Best
Print in B/W B/W & Color B/W & Color
Use in print Ribbon (Rs.20-30/-) Cartridge(Rs.1200/-) Toner ( Rs.3500/-)
Print Graphic No ( Yes, if 24 Pins) Yes Yes
Computer Output Microfilm
Microforms are any form, either films or
paper, containing micro reproductions of
documents for transmission, storage,
reading, and printing. Microform images are
commonly reduced about 25 times from the
original document size. For special
purposes, greater optical reductions may be
used.
INPUT DEVICES
254/272

LIST OF INPUT DEVICES
KEYBOARD MOUSE TRACKBALL
JOYSTICK LIGHT PEN
TOUCH
SCREEN
SCANNING
DEVICES
HAND HELD
SCANNER
FLAT-BED
SCANNER
OMR MICR OBR
OCR ECR DIGITIZER
WEB
CAMERA
DIGITAL
CAMERA
MICRO-
PHONE
42
INPUT DEVICES
The computer will be of no use if it is not able to
communicate with the external world. A computer must
therefore, have a system to receive information from the
outside world ( users & other computers) and must be
able to communicate result to the external world.
Computers have an input-output subsystem referred to
as i/o sub system, which provides an efficient mode of
communicate between the central system & outside
world.
The device which is used for enter data into the
computer is called an input devices.
01001010
01101010
01101111
10001111
10000000
255/272

Most keyboards are rigid, but this foldable keyboard demonstrates
one of many variations from the usual.
256/272

F1 For Help
F2 Rename any object
F3 Find Next in notepad/ For Find Files & Folders on
desktop
F4 Cell Absolute in Excel
F5 Refresh In Internet / Go to In Ms-Word & Excel /
Slide Show In PowerPoint
F6 Go to URL / Save File In Dos
F7 Spell Check in Ms-Word & Excel
F8 Extension Mode On In Ms-Word
F9 Extension Mode Off In Ms-Word
F10 Activate The Menu Bar
F11 Create Chart In Ms-Excel
F12 Save As Box
48
Keyboard is an input device. Keyboard is used to enter the text or numeric data in the
computer. The layout of the keyboard similar to the keyboard of a typewriter. It contains
alphabets, digits, special characters, functions keys and some control keys. When a key is
pressed, an electronic signal is produced which is detected by an electronic circuit called
keyboard encoder. A computer includes all the keys found on a typewriter plus some
additional keys. These keys are cursor control, insert, delete, and scroll lock key. There are
101 keys on the keyboard (some have more). At the right side of the keyboard is the numeric
keypad with numbers and basic mathematical symbols. At the top of the keyboard there are a
function keys labeled F1 to F12. When the Caps Lock key is ON at that time all the letters
will be typed in Capital or when the Caps Lock Key is OFF at that time all the letters will be
typed in the Small.
Different type of keys are available on the they are as follows.
Standard typewriter keys (numeric keys ( 0 to 9) , character keys ( A to Z), special characters
(!,@,#,$, etc).
Function keys ( F1 TO F12)
Arrow Keys ( also called a Cursor movement keys)
Special purpose keys (Backspace Key , Enter Key , Esc Key, Shift Key, Caps Lock Key, Tab
Key, Ins Key, Delete Key, Print Screen Key, Multi Key Combination Key, Home Key, End
Key, Page Up Page Down Key, etc.
M o u s e ( P o i n t i n g D e v i c e )
M o u s e i s a n i n p u t d e v i c e t h a t y o u m o v e
a r o u n d o n a s u r f a c e t o c o n t r o l a p o i n t e r t h a t
d i s p l a y s o n t h e m o n i t o r
257/272

Clicking
Press the mouse left side button once & release it, that is called a Click
Double-Clicking
If youre using Windows XPs default operating mode, youll need to double-
click an item to activate an operation. This involves pointing at something
onscreen with the cursor and then clicking the left mouse button twice in rapid
succession. For example, to open program groups or launch individual
programs, simply double-click a specific icon.
Right-Clicking
When you select an item and then click the right mouse button, youll often
see a pop-up menu. This menu, when available, contains commands that
directly relate to the selected object. Refer to your individual programs to see
whether and how they use the right mouse button.
Dragging and Dropping
Dragging is a variation of clicking. To drag an object, point at it with the
cursor and then press and hold down the left mouse button. Move the mouse
without releasing the mouse button, and drag the object to a new location.
When youre done moving the object, release the mouse button to drop it onto
the new location.
Functions of Mouse
51
Mouse
A mouse is a pointing device. It is the most common type of input device after the
keyboard. A mouse has a ball, which moves when the mouse moves.
Mouse is an input device. With the help of mouse you can select any object on
the screen very easily. Thats why mouse is also called a pointing device. Mouse
has three buttons ( some has two button). Some mouse has a one wheel
between the two buttons this type of mouse is called a scrolling mouse. By
rotating that wheel you can zoom in or zoom out you picture of document. When
you press the mouse left click one time that is called a click. & when you press
the left button twice rapidly that is called a double click. & when you press the
mouse right button once is called a right click. When you press the right button of
the mouse at that time shortcut menu is opened there. The mouse is also used to
sketches, diagram on the monitor screen. There are different types of Mouse (s)
are available in market like Mechanical Mouse, Optical Mouse, Cordless Mouse.
Cordless Mouse:- A cordless mouse runs on battery and reduces the clutter on your
desk by eliminating the mouse cord. When you move the mouse on your desk, the mouse
sends signals through the air to your computer, the same way a remote control sends
signals to a television.
52
T r a c k b a l l a p o i n t i n g d e v i c e
258/272

J o y s ti c k
Touch Screen
56
259/272

Scanning Devices
Scanning devices are input devices used for direct data entry
from the source document into the computer system. In
computing, a scanner is a device that optically scans images,
printed text, handwriting, or an object, and converts it to a
digital image. Common examples found in offices are variations
of the desktop (or flatbed) scanner where the document is placed
on a glass window for scanning. Hand-held scanners, where the
device is moved by hand. Hand-held scanners are used where
the information to be scanned or the volume of document to be
scanned is very low. They are much cheaper as compared to the
flat bed scanners.
Capturing information using scanners reduces the possibility of
human error typically seen during large data entry. The
reduction in human intervention improves the accuracy of data
and provides for timeliness of the information processed.
Computer Devices
Scanner
Scanner is an input device used for direct data entry from the
source document into the computer system.
Scanner
OCR
MICR
OMR
OCR:- Optical Character Reader/Recognition
OMR:- Optical Mark Reader/Recognition (Used for checking the objective type of paper)
MICR:- Magnetic Ink Character Reader/Recognition ( Used in Banking field)
Scanner
58
OMR OPTICAL MARK READER( RECOGNITION)
Answer Sheet
1. A B C D
2. A B C D
3. A B C D
An example of Preprinted answer
sheet read by OMR
59
260/272

MICR MAGNETIC INK CHARACTER READER ( RECOGNITION)
OPTICAL BAR CODE READER
61
D I G I TI Z E R
6 2
261/272

Electronic Card Reader
63
W E B C A M E R A
VIDEO CAMERA
262/272

Computer Devices
Modem ( Modulator Demodulator)
If you want to connect to the Internet, a modem is
absolutely necessary for your PC.
Modem
Internal External
The Speed of Modem is measured in Baud rate
ISP ISP
Indias Computer
America's Computer
Telephone Line
Satellite
Computer uses Digital Signal & Telephone line uses Analog Signals
D A
A D
67
COMPUTER MEMORY
Internal Memory
External Memory
RAM ROM
Floppy Disk Zip Disk Hard Disk
CD/DVD Pen Drive
263/272

RAM
70
RAM
RAM special chip connected to the CPU , is area where
programs and data reside while in use. When you start
an application ( Word for example) , the computer places
the program in RAM. If you then open a document, it
also loads the document into RAM.
When you save a document , the CPU copies the
document form RAM to permanent storage. When you
close the a document , the CPU frees up the memory
that was occupied by the document. When you close a
program , memory is also freed up.
RAM is hold data only so long as it has electricity. If
machine is turn off or loses power , information in RAM
is lost . Thats why any changes not saved before the
machine is turned off can not be retrieved.
264/272

COMPUTER MEMORY
RAM ( Random Access Memory)
Different Names of RAM
Main Memory
Primary Memory
Temporary Memory
Active Memory
Volatile Memory
The Speed of Computer is depend on the Capacity of the RAM. In modern
PCs, RAM capacity is measured in Megabytes even Gigabytes also
THE SPEED OF COMPUTER DEPEND ON
CAPACITRY OF RAM.
WHY COMPUTER BECOME HANG UP?
REASON OF HANG UP THE COMPUTER
LESS RAM
VIRUS.
HOW TO RESTART A COMPUTER?
HOW TO START A COMPUTER?
NEED OF UPS ( UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY)
UPS OF ONE TYPE OF POWER BACK UP BATTERY
DEVICE.
Why RAM called main memory?
Without RAM computer does not start. If even dust is on
RAM at that time also computer not started.
Why RAM called Primary memory?
The DATA which we enters into the computer first of
all it goes into RAM (MU) .
Why RAM called temporary memory?
Because it works until & until while power supply is ON.
Why RAM called Active memory?
Because RAM is fastest memory than other memory.
Why RAM is called Volatile memory?
Because it works on the Voltage.
Why RAM is Read/Write memory?
Because it read data from disk & also write data in disk
89
265/272

COMPUTER MEMORY
ROM ( Read Only Memory)
Permanent Memory
Types of ROM
1. PROM
2. EPROM
3. E
2
PROM
Picture of ROM
PROM:- PROGRAMMABLE ROM
EPROM:- ERASABEL PROM
E2PROM:- ELECTRONICALLY EPROM
Why ROM is called Firmware?
As its name suggests, firmware is somewhere between hardware and software.
Like software, it is a computer program which is executed by a microprocessor or a
microcontroller. But it is also tightly linked to a piece of hardware, and has little
meaning outside of it. 90
Why need external memory?
1. For transfer the data form one place to another
place.
2. To store data permanently
3. Back up Purpose
COMPUTER MEMORY
Floppy Disk ( IBM)
A floppy disk is a data storage device. It is one of magnetic storage
device. It is in square or rectangular shape. It is made by plastic
shell. Floppy disks are read and written by a floppy disk drive or
FDD, Drive letter A is reserved for the floppy disk in PCs.
Characteristics of Floppy disk
Secondary Memory
Permanent Storage Device
Portable Device.
Magnetic Memory
Removable Storage Device
I/O Devices
Rewritable Device
Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)
266/272

COMPUTER MEMORY
Picture of Floppy Disk
Types of Floppy Disk
5 3
360 KB
1.2 MB 720 KB
1.44 MB
90 MM 133 MM
The basic internal components:
1 11 1. .. . Write-protect tab
2. Hub
3 33 3. .. . Shutter
4. Plastic housing
5 55 5. .. . Paper ring
6. Magnetic disk
7 77 7. .. . Disk sector.
Actually Data is stored in concentric rings or
tracks. & Tracks are commonly divided into
sections called sectors.
94
COMPUTER MEMORY
Zip Disk ( Iomega )
Zip disk is a data storage device. Zip disks
are read and written by (Zip Disk Drive)
Drive letter B is reserved for the zip disk in
PC. Storage capacity of Zip disk is 100 MB
Characteristics of ZIP disk
Secondary memory
Portable Device.
Magnetic Memory
I/O Devices
Rewritable Device
267/272

COMPUTER MEMORY
Hard Disk (IBM) September 13, 1956
Hard disk is also one type permanent storage
device. It is also called Mass storage device. Hard
stores tremendous data in it. It comes in different
sizes like 40 GB, 80 GB, 120 GB, even 160 GB.
Hard is permanently fitted inside the CPU box.
Characteristics of HARD disk
Secondary memory
Mass Storage Device.
Magnetic Memory
I/O Devices
Rewritable Device
96
COMPUTER MEMORY
Hard Disk
Suppose one 40 GB hard disk is their, Its
partitions are like that.
40 GB
C
20 GB C
20 GB
D
C D
E
C D
E F
D
E
F G
Drives for CD
97
COMPUTER MEMORY
CD ( Compact Disc)-Sony-Philips
Compact disc is an optical disc used to store digital data, originally for
storing digital audio.Without special equipment, you can not save data
in CD. But you can retrieve information from one if you have a
CD-ROM on your computer. The storage capacity of CD is 650/700 MB.
Characteristics of CD.
Secondary Memory
Portable Device.
Optical Memory
I/O Devices
Back storage Device
( OFF-line storage device)
268/272

COMPUTER MEMORY
Types of CD
CD/R CD/RW
CD/R : Compact disc Recordable
CD/RW : Compact disc Rewritable
One can need CD-Writer for writing data into the CD.
COMPUTER MEMORY
DVD (Digital Video Disc/ Digital Versatile Disk) -Sony-Philips
DVD disc is an optical disc used to store digital data, originally for
storing digital audio. Without special equipment, you can not save data
in DVD. But you can retrieve information from one if you have a
DVD-ROM on your computer. The storage capacity of DVD is 4700 MB.
equals to 4.7 GB.
Characteristics of DVD.
Secondary Memory
Portable Device.
Optical Memory
I/O Devices
Back storage Device
( OFF-line storage device)
COMPUTER MEMORY
PEN DRIVE
Pen Drive USB flash drives is a flash memory data
storage device integrated with USB ( Universal Serial
Bus) connector. It typically small, lightweight, removable
& rewritable. The storage capacity of Pen Drive is 1GB
or even 2 GB also.
Characteristics of PEN drive
Secondary memory
Portable Device.
I/O Devices
Rewritable Device
Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage
device)
269/272

Computer Software
Computer software is a general term used to describe a
collection of computer programs.
Computer software can be classified into two broad
categories; System software & Application software.
Software
System S/w Application S/w
Operating System Translator
CUI GUI
Single User Multi-User
Single User Multi-User
DOS UNIX
WINDOWS 95,98,00,
MILLENNIUM,XP,FD,
VISTA (LATEST ONE)
Readymade S/w
User Written S/w
WINDOWS NT,
WINDOWS SERVER 2003,
LINUX
MS-Office Package (Word-
Excel-PowerPoint), Tally
Medical System
Banking System
Inventory System
Users
Application S/w
System S/w
Hardware
Relationship between hardware, software and end users
270/272

System software
The software which are directly communicate with computer
hardware is known as System software.
Application Software
The software which are designed for solve the specific problem.
Operating system
The operating system is an interface between user & computer.
There are two types of Operating system
1) CUI:- Character User Interface
2) GUI:- Graphical User Interface
CUI:- The Operating System in which we can see only the text not a
graphics this type of operating system is called a CUI Operating
System.
GUI:- The Operating System in which we can both text as well as
graphics this type of operating system is called a GUI Operating
System
Booting
Process of starting up the computer is called a booting.
Type of booting
Cold booting Warm booting
When start a computer first time that is computer is starting & it called
a Cold booting.
&
When we restart a computer at that time that booting is called Warm
booting.
Server:- Server is a computer or program which gives service to the
other computer.
Client:- Client is a computer or program which takes services from
the other computer.
Single User Operating System
The Operating system which comes only one computer whenever we
install it in Server. That type of operating system is called a Single user
Operating system
Multi-user Operating System
The Operating system which comes in all the clients ( Nodes) when we
install it in the Server.
271/272

Translators
Compiler Interpreter Assembler
Computer Programming Languages
Low Level languages High Level languages
Machine & Assembly
Languages
C,C++,FOXPRO , VB, BASIC,
COBOL, FORTRAN, LOGO,
PASCAL , HTML, DHTML, JAVA,
JAVASCRIPT, VB.NET,
Complier translate high-level languages program into machine language
The Work of Interpreter is also same as Compiler but Complier is faster than
Interpreter.
Assembler translate Assembly Language program into the machine language
program.
VB:- Visual Basic
BASIC:- Beginners All Purpose Symbolic
Instruction Code
FORTRAN:- Formula Translation
COBOL:- Common Business Oriented Language
LOGO:- Logic Oriented Graphic Oriented.
HTML:- Hypertext Markup Language
Generation of Computers
Year Generation Processor
1945-1955 First Generation Vacuum Tube
1955-1965 Second Generation Transistors
1965-1975 Third Generation IC ( Integrated Circuit)
1975-1984 Fourth Generation VLSI ( Very Large Scale
Integrated Circuit)-
Microprocessor
Fifth Generation is in progress AI- Artificial Intelligence it is also called
Knowledge Information Processing System
272/272

What is a VIRUS?
Vital Information Resource Under Siege
Computer VIRUS is nothing but computer
program written for destructive purpose. It is
written such a way that it can be enter in
computer without the knowledge of machine or
user to infect files or certain areas of a disk or
even both of them
Anti-VIRUS
Anti-VIRUS is a computer program which is
used for removing VIRUS form the computer. It
is also called a DOCTOR of computer.
ALL THE BEST
113

Sr. No Name of Topic Page No

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Sr. No Name of Topic Page No

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

1/272

Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above

Вам также может понравиться